|
This
page is for people to share their vacations
with others. Send us anything from a trip report telling others about
your trip to posting pictures sharing the memories of your vacation.
Every
picture is worth a thousand words.
We all are guilty of having pictures and
stories full of
memories stuffed away where they will seldom, if ever, be shared with
others. This page provides you with an opportunity to get those
memories and experiences out in the open where they can be seen and
shared with everyone.
(by
Laurie Jennings)
This
trip promises to have perfect
weather in the upper 70's and low 80's. The second leg of the flight
was a little bumpy but we have had worse. Still makes me a little
nervous.
I
worked on my school work (Internet
& World Wide Web-How to Program) while Don read Harry Potter.
We
plan to see the movie and Don thought he would read the book first.
This is the perfect opportunity for him to do so. As it turns out the
lady sitting next to Don who is from Canada is reading the book also.
It has a slightly different title replacing the word Sorcerer for
Philosopher. Seems in Canada Sorcerer is not allowed.
I
surprised Don with Tiffany Town Car for
our ride to the resort. As we were going to get the luggage Don says,
Why don't you sign us up for Mears and I will get the luggage"? I saw
Daniel our driver right in front of us with the sign Jennings on it and
said why not just go with this guy? Don looked at me a little puzzled
and said, "Why would we do that"? I told him it was the surprise that I
had planned for him. I had asked that they put our first name on the
sign also but they didn't. Daniel was pleasant and chatted about his
wife and himself. They are from Rio Brazil and are here to learn our
language. He said that they could get better jobs there if they know
the English language well.
Check
in was a breeze and the room was in
the perfect location.
We
are sharing the room with Beth from
Seattle and she had gotten there the day before. All we had to do was
get our key. The room location was perfect, the second closest room to
the food court and bus stops. It was the Fantasia building, which also
sits along the pool. Even though the room was close to the pool once we
are inside we cannot hear any of the noise from outside. I had faxed a
request to be on the first floor of a building close to the food court
and bus stop and it was granted. Of course I added a few words like
making a magical trip and loving Disney in the request. Not sure if it
makes a difference but it works every time to get the room location
that we want so I will continue to do it for each trip. Beth was in the
room when we arrived. She had been to MGM all day (it was 4:30) and was
going to rest before heading to PI for the evening. She asked if we
liked to unpack when we get there. Don says, "There is only 1 hour and
18 minutes left for MK and we want to get as much as we can of it
before it closes.
The
wait is 1½ minutes for a bus
to pick us up and take us away to the park. We are the only people on
the bus. Talk about impulse shopping, we planned on hour at the park
and instead decide to purchase tickets for MVMCP that is that evening
from 7 pm to 12:00am. Entering Town Hall to get our tickets there is no
line but before we are finished there is a line 15 deep. What luck we
manage to have. Don tried to get us Priority seating for dinner eaten
since noon and I was getting hungry. Studying does that to me. :o)
Crystal Palace had a time for 5:15 but that is right now. We take a
chance walked over and Don asked if we could be seated. They said no
room available but Don informs them that we were just at Town Hall and
the man said there was seating for 5:15 open. Girl says nothing open
and the guy behind her says how many? Don says "just two adults" and he
says "no problem it will be about 10 minutes". He was right. I love the
way things seem to magically work out for us when we are here. Dinner
was fun with the Characters wandering around. They love to mess Don's
hair each time they come to our table. I of course always sit on the
inside of the table.
After
dinner Don heads to the smoking
area and a CM stops him. We assume that since we have our armbands for
MVMCP on that it is ok. The CM says it is ok but that there is nothing
open in Frontier Land so don't go down there. There is a full moon
tonight and it adds a nice touch. A little flash back, we are at the
character greet area at the Liberty Tree tavern and this is where
Elysia discovered that the characters are not real because she noticed
a seam on Balous costume. Even though we have not ridden a thing and
had been there over 2 hours I was having a wonderful time. My honey
asked me to sit on his lap at the Crystal Palace after dinner for a
moment. I am always saying you can find romance anywhere you look for
it OR make your own.
At
6:43 we are relaxing in the rocking
chairs in front of the Liberty Tree Tavern watching the riverboat,
waiting for the party to begin. All of the trees are illuminated in red
and green enhancing a Christmas feel. At 6:52 we notice people
wandering towards Splash Mountain and decided to head back.
We
rode twice on Spash and BTMR with out
having to get off for the second ride. The water was directed
differently on Splash this time, you don't get hit on the outside with
a splash like we use to instead it all stayed on the platform. Then as
we fall into the Briar Patch the water shot at us at a different time
than usual. I still giggled and laughed at the same place on the rides
and Don always getd a kick out of it. Don says it is always the same
volume and pitch and that he is beginning to think it is part of the
sound track. We then headed over to the Haunted mansion. I love this
attraction at night. It gives a spooky feeling in the cemetery while
waiting for the doors to open. We always manage to see something that
we have not noticed before even though we have been on it many times.
It
now was almost time for the parade to
start and we decided to head over and catch a bit of it. I was totally
surprised to see Katie and Chrisie walking past. They were not going to
be here as Katie had a dance competition here in Florida that would not
allow time for WDW. But Chrisie decided at the last minute to come a
day early and spend a few hours at MVMCP and then head over to her
competition the next day. It was a very nice surprise. They had had PS
for Crystal Palace at 5:30 that they didn't go to. I think we may have
had their seats. So they head off for dinner and we head to the parade
and plan to try to meet up later at the fireworks. After only a couple
of minutes of watching the parade I decided that we have seen this
before and want to head over to Fantasy Land, and since Don is not a
parade lover it is fine with him. We walked onto Peter Pan's Flight and
soar over the top of the city and imagine Peter Pan saving Wendy. And
we cannot be in Fantasyland and not visit "It's a Small World". Don is
not fond of this ride so he looks for things to count. Once it was
dolls, this time it was flags. There are 11 in case you are wondering.
I on the other hand love the singing of the happy tune and the dancing
dolls showcasing the dress and culture of the many nations. I love the
end when the goodbye is displayed in the different languages. It is now
time for the fireworks and to see if we can find Chrisie. We had to
walk around the castle because Cinderella's carriage picture taking was
right in back of the castle. It is very crowded and we are thinking
there is no way we will find them and lo and behold Katie pops up in
front of us and says "Come on follow me". She spotted us walking across
the bridge and braved the crowd to get to us. The spot they had picked
was perfect. Rudolph flew right over our heads and the fireworks were
going off all around us. Magnificent!!!!! Time for more Fantasy Land
with Katie and Chrisie joining us. Katie and Don take a wild spin on
the Tea Cups. She wanted it to go fast and he did his best to oblige
her and at one point thought she was going to hurl. But in the end Don
said he thought she made it through better than he did. Pooh and Snow
White are next with each enjoyed. Buzz light-year was disappointing
because I had a laser that did not work. It is kind of hard to hit the
"Z's" when the laser doesn't work. The day has been a long one and I am
tired so we head towards the front of the park. Walking up Main St. we
get to see the entire parade. Even though we have seen it before and
were not interested earlier, this time we watch it to the end before
heading out the exit to catch a bus home. The bus is waiting for us and
fills up fast and we are off. It is 11:53 and we unpack and hit the bed.
This
morning we meet up with riends for a
ride on the Safari Ride at Animal Kingdom. It was a wonderful ride with
lots of animals out. Don and I have never walked the path through Asia
and so that is where we headed next with Beth, Bruce Metcalf and his
wife Marta. On the way we see this vine that appears to be moving. It
is! It runs up
a pole about 12 feet. Then it turns and we see it is a lady totally
covered in vines on stilts and long pole arms completely covered in
vines. It was so much fun watching the children's and adult's reaction
to her.
The
walk through Asia was about what we
had expected from all that we had heard from various people. We saw the
bats that everyone comments on and the tigers were up sleeping up close
to the glass. Don had a long conversation with a CM named Mike about
the birds in the atrium. An interesting fact is about the species of
Woodpeckers housed there, there are only 5 in the country and 2 of them
are females. There is a pair of them in Milwaukee that they are
breading. If there is a female, Disney has first option to get a female
if one is born because they provided the male. It was sent to Milwaukee
from Discovery Island because it was not a safe environment for them
there. Now with AK they can provide a safe habitat for them so they are
ready. Mike was very knowledgeable.
Leaving
there we run into Randy who is
hanging around before the Kali River Rapids meet and he joins us for
lunch at the Tusker House. Also Linda and Margaret join us. It is our
first time eating there and I found the food to be very good. We
separate and go our separate ways now. Don and I head towards Camp
Minnie Mickey since we have never been there and along the way we see
this woman jumping up and down all excited to be seeing Brer Rabbit
saying "you are my favorite" and she wants her picture taken. It turns
out to be Deb Wills and when she spots us she asks us if we would like
to join her party to see the Lion King show. They have VIP seating
compliments of Barb (Gardenia) and had room for 2 more to join them.
What luck! We love this show and to have seats right up
front is
a great treat. The entertainment so close you get eye contact and the
lively music ringing in our ears was superb. Thanks again to those who
made this possible for us.
Pocahontas
was next followed by a look at
the Character Greeting place down where the boats to nowhere use to
dock. As I am looking down the path it reminds me again of what lengths
Disney goes to make the parks different. Imbedded in the walking paths
are footprints of various creatures along with real looking twigs and
colored stones. All that detail is there to discover if you take the
time. Dino Land was not much fun. Just a carnival, but we did ride the
Dino ride that is just another Dumbo ride. Because there was no line
and eventually we would like to be able to say we have seen everything
we rode.
Mickey
Bars are next for us. WE enjoy
several of them each trip, finding a place to sit and watch people
milling around. We thought we would stay and watch the parade but the
wait was an hour and not for us. We go shopping at the Rainforest Cafe
to use the gift certificate I have had for about a year now. I kept
trying to get Don to eat there but it hasn't happened so I used them to
buy some stuff for me and we are both happy.
Time
to go to the room and what a fun
ride we had. The bus driver entertained us with word games the whole
way. He had everyone on the bus laughing.
Beth
is in the room getting ready to nap.
Poor Beth, she says she cannot understand why her body is aching all
over because all she did was walk. But here at Disney it is a lot of
walking so being sore is understandable. Don is ready for a nap also
because we will be up late at Pleasure Island tonight, so I head out to
check out the pool. It is a little late and cool for me to take a swim
so I wander up to the front desk area to see if I can find a marker to
make a sign for our granddaughter Alexis. She loves Minnie and I told
her I would see Minnie for her. I wanted a sign for Minnie to hold that
said Hi Alexis. The CM at the desk said to wait for him after he gave
me a marker and while I was waiting I hear someone asking about a
package that someone was suppose to leave for them at the front desk.
Turns out to be Lori and it is me she is looking for. I had not left
the package yet. It is strange how we both are at the desk at the same
time. They waited with me for the CM to return and he has a sign that
he printed on the computer for me to have Minnie hold saying Hi to
Alexis. I had made one similar to that at home but lost it here
somewhere. Lori and Catherine and I head to the room to get the package
and we spent a 1/2-hour chatting before they left.
At
6:55 we are going through the gates to
MGM and people are asking the CM's "why are people entering the park
when it is closing?" He explains to see the Osborn lights. From the end
of Hollywood Blvd we see "the hat". I think it looks nice but prefer
the old view better. We were here in August and it was still under
construction and thought then it did not fit. I still think that. I
hope it is not permanent. The lights are beautiful once again. Going at
this time which is about an hour after they turn them on is perfect
because there are people milling around but it is not crowded and for
us short people we need it not crowded to be able to see a lot of it,
like the bicycles and yard decorations.
The
smell of roaster almonds got me, so
we enjoyed them while we slowly strolled enjoying the light displays.
Don says that the Disney commercials must be working because we see a
lot of older couples walking holding hands and appear to not have any
children with them. Just like us. :o) The Christmas music is playing
and snow is falling and at this point I just feel SO GOOD! There are
some lights that we think might be new because we don't remember them.
In light of September 11 there is a red, white, and blue Mickey.
It
is now time for some dinner before we
go to Pleasure Island. As luck would have it there is a bus waiting to
take us to Downtown Disney. Dinner was another first for us as we eat
at Planet Hollywood. The food was scrumptious. If you have a chance to
have the lasagna, do. Halfway through the meal Don says, "I will trade
you all my French fries for one of your lasagna tubes". He agrees it
was very good. I think there is a Planet Hollywood about 3 hours from
us so maybe a day trip to there is in order in the future. It is soooo
good. The noise level is high in there so I don't know how often we
will eat there in the future but the food is worth the trip. I would
also like to add how efficient the staff is there. One person walking
with a clipboard looking to see who is almost done and when you are
done immediately there is someone there to clean the table and another
right afterwards putting down the table service. With in a minute and a
half the next person is seated because they are on the way while the
table is being prepared for them. All the staff has headsets to keep
them informed. I was impressed with the whole operation. I had 2 gift
certificates for dinner to use and had to call for a manager because
the waiter said I could not use both of them to pay for the dinner.
They are gift certificates and therefore could be used at the same
time. I had heard of this happening before I left home so I was
prepared to call for the manager.
The
Adventurer's Club at Pleasure Island
was lots of fun. We had gone here once before but did not stay long
enough to see any of the entertainment. This time we were prepared to
stay and are glad we did. We definitely will try to make it here again.
Don experienced a Kungaloush for the first time and says he must have
another. It was after midnight went we hit the bed exhausted.
Today
there is no alarm to wake us and so
we miss the first meet of the day at Spaceship Earth. I tried to get
into the park on a pass that has only two minor park admission days on
in instead of my AP. After 5 minutes of panic and emptying out my fanny
pack I locate it my AP. How embarrassing. The "cemetery" at the
entrance as Don calls it is just as ugly as ever. I don't think I will
ever appreciate it. We strolled back to Test Track to meet up with the
brave souls for a ride on Test Track. The fountain is working today and
that is the most beautiful site. It has been down on our last two
trips. About 15 minutes after we arrived the gang make their way there.
They
were not running the singles line
because the stand by line has to be over 30 minutes. It was not. Or so
they said. The fast pass line return time was for after 12:00 and we
thought that would not work because we have to make it to the RADP meet
before 1:00. As it turns out the line was over an hour long and some of
the people had to leave early to make it to the meet in time for
various reasons. We started out with 23 and ended up with about 15 I
think. I was upset but then I had to remind myself that I was at Disney
and those feelings are useless here and to take advantage of the fact
that I was here. The long line allowed for some good conversation and
laughs with various people and that is always a pleasure. They have
placed a sponge flooring down so your feet don't hurt as bad. It is
like what is down on the tracks at school. Finally we make it on the
ride in a car behind Jeff Spencer's car and he kept stopping and
holding us up all the way around. Tried to get him to go off on the
sidetracks just past the weather test but he wouldn't. It was fun. The
meet was a lot of fun as usual. Meeting up with friends once a year
that we converse with throughout the year via the Internet is a great
pleasure.
We
headed to our next meet, the RADP 6th
annual meet. These meets are a lot like going to a family reunion with
your spouse. Don spent 20 minutes relaxing in the shaded grass after
the picture taking chatting with John from Louisiana and Mike while I
spent time chatting with different friends from DisneyDieters and
DisneyDollarless folks. From the time we arrived at the meet till we
left we did not see each other. Well except for when we had our turn in
the picture taking process. Deb Wills and I chatted about the Walk we
are doing in May for Breast Cancer. I will be looking for people to
help sponsor me in the walk. I will be walking 60 miles over 3 days in
Washington DC and I need to raise $1900.00 before then. If you would
like to send a donation you can go to my site at http://home.adelphia.net/~lauriejen/Breast%20Cancer%20Walk/MainPage.html
, I would appreciate it a lot. Doesn't matter if it is $1.00 or $100.00
because every dollar counts. After hearing sightings of the famous mom
(Binnie) being there I started to have doubts that she was, but lo and
behold she and her mom arrived.
After
that meet several of us from the
Dollarless and Dieter group headed to Innoventions to have a group
picture taken. Some of the group thought that we could save time and
have it done at Image Works but after getting there we decided to go
with tradition of 3 years and head over to Innoventions where we knew
we would all fit. I would insert that picture here but I cannot locate
it. Don and I sent more out to family also. Then we got our picture
made into a Calendar, which is a first for us. Heard about it on the
Dollarless group, found it and it was great fun. We also did the video
one and will definitely do them both again. I discovered that I weigh
somewhere between 22 and 23 pounds on the moon. Yippee!! Then Don
stopped to play Mission Space on the computer there and wants to
continue the game at home so he sent it there. He tried to explain it
to me but I had a limited interest at the time. Yesterday we met Art a
Cast Member that works here at Innoventions and today we saw him hard
at work playing with a computerized Dog and a pink ball. What a job and
he has and he gets paid plus park perks for doing it. It is now time to
head out of here.
We
are still amazed by the magic in
Epcot. How can that girl in Kristos hide all that hair? The Japanese
acrobats are amazing. I remember last April when we brought 4 yr old
Elysia for her first time and she was in awe of the girls. She would
look up at me and say she is so beautiful. People say there is nothing
for kids at Epcot but the entertainment was one of the highlights of
Elysia's trip. Don says here "Look across the lake and it looks like
such a short distance".
We
had not had lunch yet and it is 3:00
because of the long line at Test Track earlier so we headed into
Germany. On my first visit 7 years ago (our honeymoon) we had dinner
here and had not been back. The food was fabulous. It was a buffet and
so scrumptious. It was not quite the same for obvious reasons..:o) and
the family we shared our table with on this trip was a local family and
they were not very friendly. Not rude but not friendly either.
As
we left Germany the Tapestry Parade
was approaching and since we had heard that it was a bit different than
before I wanted to stop to watch. Don was not interested and he asked
if I minded if we went over to the other side and found a place to have
a cigarette and I didn't. He turned to me and said, "I love having you
for my wife." How romantic. I still don't like the parade and neither
did Don. The one thing I do like about the actors is that even at the
end of the parade each person watching get the pleasure of all the
smiles and dancing and interaction that the first people get. You know
that they must be tired and yet they don't show it.
The
American Adventure was down do to
hydraulic problems so we missed seeing this. With this shut down we
thought we would get away with no tears shed but we were wrong. The
Spirit of America Fife and drum core came around the corner and stopped
by us to play.
Beautiful, an absolutely moving experience. When they finished they had
the crowd that had gathered say the Pledge of Allegiance and then they
followed that with God Bless America. At this point I Don and I have
tears welling up in our eyes, then the emotions grew even more as I
notice 2 boys about 8 and 9 singing across from us. They were so proud
looking as they stood there beside their parent singing. I burst into
full sobbing at this point. When I showed them to Don he also sobbed. I
can picture the Senate standing on the steps singing this song shortly
after 9/11. As the band prepares to leave one of the members says in a
deep loud voice "God Bless America" and the other four members chant
U.S.A. Very moving.
The
Living Statue was a different one
than we had seen before and she did some smiling. Uncharacteristic for
the statue but it is quite fun to watch her picking on the different
brave souls who go near here to have their picture taken.
The
British Invasion was playing as we
passed the UK and so we found a seat and watched. There were about 12
kids playing in the hedge maze burning off some energy and others
dancing while the parents listened. A much need break for my feet at
this point. I can hear the song playing "All the lonely people, where
do they all come from?" Literally I can hear them because in order to
write this trip down memory lane we take a hand recorder I use for
classes and we record bits and pieces of things we see and hear. We
want to remember as much of our trip as possible for those days when we
need a Disney fix. For those of you looking for romance at Disney there
were couples taking advantage of the music and were slow dancing in the
street around there. In the recent loss of George Harrison another
reason to get misty eyed too.
We
have now been in Epcot for 7 hours and
rode one ride. As we are leaving the park we stop to see the Honey I
Shrunk the Audience show.
Another favorite of mine. I love the Kodak preshow
presentation.
Just to refresh your memory:
Don
and Laurie, with almost-6-year-old granddaughter
Serina
(and briefly her daddy Ty)
Serina is very
excited this morning, all ready to
roll. She was even very excited last night, spending some time with
Grandma just before bed on the day's clothes selection (must be a girl
thing) and settling on the Capri pants. Our first opportunity to deal
with fear is when we get out of the car at the airport and she wants
earplugs before she goes in. We convince her it's not loud inside the
airport, and have breakfast inside to take her mind off it a bit. She
likes watching the planes out the window, and despite her previous fear
of escalators is anxious to try out the "moving floor". As we wait for
boarding, even though her dad was with her too, she makes Grandma
promise that she'll sit right next to her. No problem.
She's quite tense
on takeoff, but mostly during the
really fast part on the ground before we're airborne. She makes her dad
shut his window a few times, for a few minutes each time; I think it's
bothering her to see clouds out the window. She doesn't seem to be
bothered by anything else though, except one 12-foot drop while
descending into Orlando. She very calmly says to Laurie "this is a
little scary." I can tell from Laurie's expression that she isn't very
fond of it either ;-)
The landing is
uneventful, and she is ready to go.
While we're waiting for Mears at the airport, Serena says "you said I
could sit in the stroller any time I want, how about now?" I thought
she might think she was too old for the stroller, clearly not ;-)
Laurie checks us in at the All Star Sports and discovers that we're
VIP's, a designation that comes with a Princess Atta beanie for Serina
and a room all ready at noon. And a room right where we'd requested in
our fax, the ground floor second room from the near end of the
Touchdown 7 building, right next to the pool and food court. A Very
nice start to the trip. Just to take the edge off that though, we try
to get a picture of Serina by the big X's and O's in the courtyard and
discovers that she's as camera-shy as her mommy. (Make that
camera-defiant.) Good thing we hadn't planned on taking many pictures
;-)
I love non-stop
flights, it's barely noon and we have
our gear stowed and are on our way to Epcot. It's the day after Easter
and Blizzard Beach is closed, with the parking lot full and cars parked
on the grass all the way around. By the time we get to Innoventions
Plaza, we've had three major "cool"s already, one when we see the
fountain for the first time, another when we see ostriches made out of
bushes, and then another for the Sorcerer Mickey topiary. And then I
issued my first "cool" of the trip. The Mission:Space pavilion
certainly is an awesome sight through the Innoventions breezeway.
While the crew
stops at the Electric Umbrella for
lunch, I head back to Test Track to get FastPasses. We knew it would be
pretty crowded the first couple days, but at 12:42 all the FPs for the
day are gone, the standby line is two hours long, and even the single
rider line says 75 minutes. So we'll just enjoy lunch and go with the
flow. Serina seems to be as fascinated with simple blackbirds as Alexis
was last year, but at least she hasn't wanted to use up her camera on
them. She's noticing any number of "awesome" things that we don't often
notice any more, like the purple metal banners that spin at the
entrance to the breezeway.
After lunch,
we're convinced it really is Easter as we
see something I haven't seen since my first trip to Epcot, a line
outside The Living Seas. After 20 minutes in the line and 40 minutes
inside looking at "awesome" fish and sharks and turtles and dolphins,
we manage to get up to the World Showcase Plaza just as the character
caravan arrives. Serina is thrilled to be first in line to see Minnie
and about sixth to see Mickey, and has time for four or five other
autographs before they have to go. (RADP note -- There was some
discussion in the group a while back about leaving valuables
unattended. We were distracted enough while jumping from character to
character to leave the stoller unattended with the camera bag open in
it, containing 2 radios, a cell phone, audio recorder, batteries, film
and tapes. While I certainly don't recommend that, we think you'll find
that on those occasions when your head is buried, your odds are better
here than in your average coaster park ;-)
After autographs,
we go back down to Innoventions
Plaza to get the promised ice cream, and make our way down to Spaceship
Earth. Serina states that she would like to have ice cream every day.
We can make that happen. I discover (thanks to her) that if you sit
under Spaceship Earth eating a popsicle and there are clouds in the
sky, it looks like the ball is starting to roll.
Spaceship Earth
is a little scary at the beginning
because it's dark (much darker than we remembered), and it stays scary
all the way through, so she isn't going to ride it again. There will be
a number of times on this trip that we find we didn't accurately
remember the setting of a given attraction, particularly the
volume. We're keenly aware that Disney colors are vivid, but
will be reminded often that Disney sound is LOUD ;-)
It's
mid-afternoon now and definitely time for the
pool and a nap. We know from past experience that with all the
excitement of the impending trip, the kids get to sleep late the night
before and wake up early on departure day, and you shouldn't
underestimate how tiring the adrenaline of their first plane trip
itself is. When we settle in for our nap, Laurie asks Serina if she
wakes up grumpy and she says she doesn't. That's not entirely true ;-)
We think if she were allowed to wake up by herself it might be okay,
but Daddy and Grandma are anxious to get going again and wake her up
early, and she is quite miserable until after supper.
We had planned on
meeting up with our cm-friend Joe
back in Epcot, but even with too short a nap we're too late to make
connections. Bummer, but I'm sure we'll hook up later in the week. We
arrive back at Innoventions Plaza just after dusk, and Laurie says to
Serina "Doesn't the fountain look pretty at night?" Her reply is
priceless, she just scans the plaza for about 15 seconds and
breathlessly says "Everything looks pretty." On our way back to
Illuminations we introduce her to the talking drinking fountain. That's
a major hit, one that we'll revisit at every opportunity.
Illuminations
turns out to be a certifiable disaster.
We're able to find sitting space quite close to the fence near the
bathrooms on the way over to Canada. Serina hasn't shown any problem
with fireworks in the past, but has always watched them from a good
distance away. We describe for her everything she'll see and hear, and
tell her she can cover her ears if any of them are too loud. That's not
nearly enough. Five minutes in, she is absolutely bawling, burying her
head in Daddy's shoulder and sobbing, "I miss my family. I'm never
coming to this Florida ever in my life again". We soon realize that she
doesn't realize that this is a show and that it's temporary and that
it's only here. In her mind, this is what Florida at night does, and
she wonders if it's going to be like this at the hotel too. I ask her
if she wants to stay or go back, and she somewhat reluctantly says
stay. It isn't until several minutes later that I hear her tell her dad
that she wants to stay for 6 more nights. She thought when I said "go
back" that I meant home :( Doesn't take long at this point for us to
pack and go. She asks us to stop momentarily several times on the way
out though to turn back and check it out. She's interested, but just
can't handle the noise.
She's fine as we
leave the park and the noise becomes
more distant, though she's clearly very tired. As we're getting ready
for bed, I mention to her that she got a lot of autographs today. "No I
didn't, that was yesterday." Not to worry honey, we have the same
problem keeping track of time at WDW ;-)
Tomorrow, since
it's Ty's last day with us, we're
going to go against everything we've been taught and go to Magic
Kingdom before the other two parks (I think that's secretly okay with
Laurie;-)
Wed
4/23, MK
It's a very
bright morning today, just three days
after Easter. There were only two things on Serina's absolutely-must-do
list for today, Splash Mountain and lunch with Pooh and his buddies.
Actually, she had insisted on doing those things on Day 1, but we
successfully put her off. (Can't be too young to learn delayed
gratification, heck, I'm still having trouble waiting until December
for our next trip ;-)
Serina answers
Mickey's wakeup call, and she isn't
overly impressed with it but it's okay. She hops out of bed though with
a big smile on her face, gets her Wednesday underwear out of the
drawer, and is easily the first of us ready to go. She asks if she can
go outside while we get ready, and with no objection she bounces out
the door with her camera. It's only a couple minutes though when she
comes back in the room, looking a little down, and tosses her camera on
the bed. Her dad says "I thought you were going to take pictures," and
she replies "Well I was, but I thought you were coming out too." So
even though she's only 5, she's already passed Women's Silent
Communication 101 (Don ducks;-).
We run into three
minor problems this morning, the
smallest of which is that Serina doesn't like grownup toothpaste, it's
too hot. Laurie exhibits once again her problem solving speed with the
little ones, immediately telling her that "Papa doesn't like grownup
toothpaste either, use his." Problem solved. At the Magic Kingdom
turnstiles we discover that Ty's ticket has been demagnetized and has
to be taken inside for replacement. They're very nice and take care of
it with no problem, but it takes a while. Kind of shoots down our rope
drop plan, but we're guessing the Easter crowd should be way down so
we'll be all right. Then while walking up Main Street I realize we
forgot to bring the charger for our camcorder. That's fixed with a call
to Laurie's sister, who overnights it to us.
Serina doesn't
want to ride Dumbo and we can do the
Carousel anytime, so we decide to get FastPasses for Pooh and head down
to the Speedway. We couldn't get a FP with Laurie's annual pass because
it wasn't run through the turnstile out front (she actually ended up
going through on Serina's, it was one of those fumbling stroller sort
of deals). The CM gives us a 4th FP, but Laurie decides she better go
back out front to activate her pass for the day so we'll be able to get
FPs with it later.
In the meantime,
Serina and her daddy ride the Indy
Speedway. When she gets off, I ask her how it went and she simply says
"I'm driving you next." There's only a 5-minute line, so now's the
time. While up on the platform we see them bringing more cars onto the
track, and Serina laughs and says "There's another boss on the track,
and he's driving crazy!" (For the entire trip, CMs are referred to as
"bosses". Reminds me of when my son was in kindergarten and talked
about the "cafeteria teachers".) She barely gripped the wheel at all
and the rail kept ripping it out of her hands, so though it was
possibly the roughest ride I've ever been on, anywhere, she was quite
proud of it.
Back by the
TeaCups, we almost got autographs from
Alice and the Mad Hatter, but they had to go somewhere else just as we
got there. She doesn't want to ride the TeaCups, they look way too
fast. While we're waiting for Laurie to get back, there's only a
15-minute wait for Pooh, and Serina's only question is "Is it dark?"
(That tells me Snow White is out of the question today, and probably
Peter Pan as well ;-) About halfway through the ride though, she's not
liking it at all, it IS too dark! This is REALLY going to be a tough
trip if POOH is too dark. But halfway through the ride her dad realizes
she's still wearing her sunglasses. Doh!!!
Laurie rejoins us
just as we get out of Pooh. On her
way back from the front of the park, she decided to stop by the Crystal
Palace on the off-chance that we could replace the ugly 4:20 PS we got
from home for something at lunch like we had wanted, and managed to
come back with 11:40. Score!!!
Laurie got her
chance to "kiss the goose" this
morning. Serina is displaying very good problem-solving skills. She had
heard Laurie mention that she doesn't ride the TeaCups because spinning
things upset her stomach, so she tells us she'll go on the ride if
Grandma goes with her. (She knows that even if Grandma goes, there's
certainly not going to be a lot of high-speed spinning ;-) It's a
little easier to understand Serina's fear of various things when you
put them in the context of our own fears. Laurie's "fear" on this ride
is that she'll ruin a hundred peoples' day by barfing all over the
ride. But this little girl is working so hard to get past her hurdles
that Grandma figures she can tough it out through one of hers too.
(Plus she knows that with Serina, there's certainly not going to be a
lot of high-speed spinning ;-)
Serina loves it
and when they get off she thinks we
should all go on it. She even spun it some. Laurie promised she
wouldn't hurl on me, and kept her word. We were now inside our FP
window for Pooh, so Serina got her second trip and wants to sit in the
front with Grandma. It's always exciting for a child to be the one who
knows something the adult "doesn't" and be able to explain things as
they go along, such as "You're going to love this next room!". Ty's
observation -- "She's a pro now!" It also helps that she's not wearing
her sunglasses this time ;-)
On our way back
to ToonTown, we discover that to
Serina, a "little" roller coaster is just as bad as a "big" roller
coaster, and she has no interest in either. However, a "kiddy" roller
coaster sounds like fun. (Go figure, choose your words carefully.) She
rides the Barnstormer with Laurie, and doesn't like it. Laurie asks her
why, since "it's not scary, it's not dark, and it's not too fast."
Serina replies, "Well, it's a LITTLE fast." Laurie agrees, "but if you
go on it again, you already know what it's going to do, it'll be so
much fun, wouldn't you like to do it again with your daddy?" "Yeah!!!"
So as soon as they get off, she grabs her dad and says "I'm doing it
with you now," and off they go.
I like this
girl's style, on the train around to
Splash Mountain we were preparing her for the possibility that we may
have to get a FP and ride it later (another delayed gratification
lesson;-). She says "but if there isn't much line, we can do it right
away, right?" I ask Laurie what her line threshhold is, and since
standby is 5 minutes under her limit of 30, she gets FPs while we get
in line and she catches up with us. We must have been right about the
Easter crowd being down some, because at 10:30 the FP's are only for
11:20.
Serina doesn't
like the "little bumps," they make her
"stomach feel a little dizzy." Then after the big drop, she informs us
she's "never going on that ride again in my life." I have a feeling
we're going to hear that a lot this week ;-) She must be working on it
in her head though, because we have to stop on the bridge by the bottom
of the ride and watch a dozen logs come down. Laurie sees a lot of
similarities between Serina's reaction to Splash and her reaction to
Tower of Terror -- it's undeniably fun and she wants very much to be
able to enjoy it, she just doesn't like what it does to her body.
We settle in for
lunch at the Crystal Palace, and are
barely seated when Tigger gets to our table. Just as he takes Serina's
autograph book though, the music starts playing for the Hooray parade.
Tigger drops the book on the table, grabs his sign and Serina's hand,
and leads her (and 20 other little ones) around our half of the
restaurant. She looks a little tentative, and we can't really tell if
she's enjoying this or not.
When my best
buddy Eeyore gets to our table, I ask
Serina if we can get a picture with the three of us, but she says no.
(She has no problem getting HER picture taken with him, you think it
could be ME?!?) Laurie then takes a picture of Eeyore and me and bless
her heart, Serina uses her own camera to take a picture of us as well.
After lunch the girls are returning from the rest room just as the
music comes up for another parade. Without hesitation, Serina asks "Can
I go in the parade again?", so we're guessing she liked it.
Ty and I kick
back while the girls take a trip back to
Splash Mountain to see if they can find Serina's lost fanny pack. (They
didn't, and we haven't seen kids' versions sold on site anywhere.) On
the way back, she informs Laurie that she's going to try Splash
Mountain again. But for now, it's time for a break, and Ty and Serina
head back to the hotel pool while Laurie and I head to Space Mountain
for FPs we can use when we come back this evening.
Neat things are
always happening to us at WDW when we
least expect them. While walking back to the hub, we must be looking at
something or other that draws us around the castle side of the hub
instead of our normal route through the middle of it, and because of
that we run into (and have a nice chat with) a woman I work with who is
chaperoning a music group. 25 hours on a bus with 7th-12th grade
students. Twice. From that perspective, I've got no complaint about
working with one overly tentative 5-year-old <g>.
On our way out of
the park, we find a match for the
first picture on Deb's All Ears contest. I want to make sure there
isn't a trick answer, so I ask the CM if this is the only place that
uniform is worn. She looks like she's going to smack me up side the
head, and informs me that this "COSTUME" is only used here, and since
she looks a little like my mom I have no thoughts of sassing her ;-)
In the meantime,
Serina has a great time in both pools
with Daddy, especially trying to catch Goofy's "pitches" in the
baseball pool. After she has a 2-hour nap (and Papa 3
hours;-),
we head back to the Magic Kingdom at 7. Our plan is to do
Buzz
first, but as we walk up we see the standby time go from 90 to
120. The line doubles down and back the side of the building
twice, and back across the plaza toward Space Mountain. So
much
for the light post-Easter crowd.
So we see the
Carousel of Progress instead.Â
That's the plus side of going when it's "busy", we get to see our old
(now "seasonal") favorites. Serina enjoys it a lot, once
she's
convinced in the first scene that the man and dog are "nailed to the
floor."
I was going to
people-watch with Serina while Ty and
Laurie went on Space Mountain with the FastPasses, but Ty wants to do
something with Serina since he's leaving tomorrow morning, so we ride
the TTA instead. With three dark tunnels, add that to the list of
things we aren't ever doing again ;-) As soon as we're off, she wants
to ride the Speedway again, because she hasn't driven Grandma yet. She
thoughtfully warns Laurie that it's a very bumpy ride. My back can
attest to that. Now Laurie's can too.
We have supper at
the Pinocchio Haus, at our favorite
table overlooking Small World. The only question Serina has initially
concerns water depth. She ultimately decides she doesn't think she'll
like it, but we figure out later that from above, the entrance to the
first room looks like a dark tunnel.
It's time for
SpectroMagic now, and Laurie has gone
down to the Emporium since that's the only place in the park you can
still buy a sweatshirt in April. Ty and I figure the side of the castle
will be just the right place to watch SpectroMagic. Okay, so it's a
smoking area, but it turns out the volume is just right from back here.
Serina is fascinated by it. When Laurie gets back, Serina asks her if
the parade is going to come up by us. "No, because we're on the
sidewalk and the parade is on the street." "Well why can't we be down
by the street." "We can, but the music is much louder down there." That
satisfies her and she doesn't indicate any desire to go down, but she
does later tell us that she wants to get close for the second parade.
By the time the
parade is over it's 9:30, we know we
only have time for one walk-on ride if we're going to get down to the
Plaza Pavilion in time to watch Tinkerbell. We ride Small World, and
every time we come around a corner and she can see the "tunnel" into
the next room, she wants to know if it's going to be dark. She really
likes the ride though, especially some of the animals. She is giggling
in several places, and excitedly points out to her dad the girl that
looks just like Lilo.
She's been
constantly measuring, wondering if Elysia
or Alexis rode this ride, how many times they rode that one, who got
this or that autograph. We weren't quite sure whether to play that up
or down, but she was certainly excited to discover that she's the only
one to have been in Tigger's parade. Somewhere on Small World, she
asked us "Has anybody I know ridden this?" We informed her that both of
the other girls had, and she said "No, I mean adults."We told her all
three of us had, plus her mom, and that was all she wanted to know. We
have no idea what prompted the question or what the answer meant to her.
We're headed down
to the Plaza Pavilion now, and it
occurs to me that we had thought (pre-trip) she might have balked at
using the stroller very much, being almost 6 and all. No worries, she's
barely been out of it. That's a great deal for all of us, because it's
much less tiring for her this way. But you know you're starting to
really become a princess when you start announcing to all three adults
around you when it can be their turn to push.
We get to our
chosen spot just as the castle goes
dark. The changing colors on the castle are "cool." Serina is sitting
on a divider wall with me behind her, holding her. When I ask her if
she wants her dad to come hold her, she says "No, you can." That's good
news, because I've been a little worried about how she'll do when Daddy
leaves tomorrow. She loves Tink, and only has her ears covered for
about half the fireworks. I can feel her getting tense, but I get her
guessing at whose favorite color will be next and she calms quite a
bit. Overall, she enjoyed it a lot.
She had wanted to
ride Pooh again, and we had told her
that she could, after the fireworks. But now Laurie asks her if she
wants to go back to the hotel and she's more than ready. She's asked a
few times this evening if we could see different things from the hotel,
so we think she was telling us she was tired.
We're anxious to
see how Daddy's departure will go
early tomorrow morning, and we're going to sleep in a bit (if possible)
and go to a water park.
Thur
4/24, Typhoon Lagoon & MGM
Ty had to leave
around 6am this morning to catch his
flight home. It had to be quite an expense for him to miss two days
work and fly down for just a brief stay. But he had thought it might be
the only way Serina would dare come, and he didn't want her to miss her
turn. He woke her up to give her a kiss and hug goodbye, and she said
her goodbyes and went right back to sleep. We had wondered if she would
have a hard time after, but she wakes up with us smiling and bubbly,
playing on the X's and O's in the courtyard for the first time. We're
not sure she could have even made the trip either if it hadn't been for
him coming, but she knew he could only be here two days and she knows
her way around a bit now, and knows we're not going to "make" her do
anything. We think that at this point she feels like it's "her" trip
and she's comfortable with it.
It's a fairly
casual morning, and when we get to
Typhoon Lagoon we manage to find three chairs at the edge of the sun
and shade, back around by the kid section. (Laurie needs sun, I need
shade;-) If you're going to go to the water park at 10:00, there's no
use spending much time looking for chairs in the front of the park or
near the walkways, might as well head right to the back to begin with.
The kid section here isn't nearly as good as at Blizzard Beach, it's
mostly 10-year-olds shooting water cannons at everyone, not much fun
for the little ones.
Serina does the
water slide at the edge of the wave
pool twice, and then is ready for the wave pool itself (she's done the
one at Darien Lake and loved it). She's just started working on
learning to swim with her dad, who describes her as a "rock," but she
loves the water. She insists on going out to where the water is just
below her chin, and then I carry her when the wave hits us. We turn our
back to the wave at the last minute, then it goes over both our heads
and carries us toward the shore and we giggle and laugh and then go do
it again. She has less fear of the water than I do ;-) After more than
an hour and countless waves, we go across the bridge to the kid's
section and she does one water slide (in slow motion, sitting up) and
one tube rides and then is ready to do the lazy river. So are we.
We decide to have
a snack first though, and get to see
her sense of humor for the first time. I notice the girls both have
earrings (aren't you supposed to remove jewelry when
swimming?<g>), and I comment "Hey, am I the only one here
without
earrings?" She instantly says "Yep", and then after a slight pause adds
with a smile "that I know." It's a little crowded, so it takes a while
for us to commandeer inner tubes, regular adult for Laurie and me and
the child-size with the bottom for Serina. She walks for the first part
and soon discovers that some places she can stand up in the water and
some places it's a couple inches too deep. We've been floating on the
tubes for a while when she absolutely amazes me by suddenly saying "I
want to see if I can stand up here." Without waiting for a response,
she just jumps off the tube, water goes over her head, she jumps back
up and grabs my tube, giggles, and says "Nope!"
We have fun
steering around the cold water falling and
the house sneezing. Laurie doesn't want to take another trip around,
but Serina and I do, so we leave Grandma with some quiet time in the
sun. On our second circuit, when we get to the waterfalls, I put her in
my tube with me and we use her tube with the bottom for an umbrella.
She thinks that is just the coolest thing. (It was cool for me too,
that little tube covers all of her but substantially less than all of
me ;-)
Now we're back at
our seats trying to decide what to
do next, I'm thinking Animal Kingdom, Serina is thinking wave pool.
Laurie tells her she'll take her to the wave pool if she can stand in
the sun while Serina plays, but only if Serina agrees not to go in any
deeper than her belly. In time-honored tradition, Serina immediately
begins negotiating the depth higher and they end up with the limit
being a flower up by her breastbone.
When I return
from a wander, the girls are back and
Serina is filling a large bucket with sand. A 4-year-old from Britain
had owned it but couldn't take it home with him, so he had passed it on
to Serina when his family was leaving. And now the three of us are
enjoying very pleasant pasttimes, Laurie sitting back in the chair with
her face up into the sun, Serina filling the bucket with cool sand, and
me sitting in the shade people-watching. If you ever get to the point
where you're feeling that your body doesn't look that great, I suggest
going to a family water park and just checking out the scenery. Trust
me, you don't look so bad ;-) And what is it with middle-aged British
men and Speedos???
On the bus back
to the All Stars we meet a couple of
the 16- or 17-year-olds from the band my co-worker is chaperoning.
Their duties are over, and though their return bus trip isn't until
tomorrow night, they're more than ready to head home now. (Made me
think of the Old Troll.) They echoed the sentiments our town's kids had
shared when they went down last year -- it's unbelievably hot and
uncomfortable backstage, but the performance was okay.
Serina is trying
very hard not to fall asleep on the
bus, closing her eyes a few times but staying awake. She must be tired
because when we get to the Food Court and ask her to pick a table,
instead of finding a window seat halfway down the room like she has
been, she simply turns to the one closest to the cashier and says
"there's one right here". It's a little too chilly sitting inside the
food court though, what with wet hair and minor shoulder burns, so we
find a table outside in the shade. We haven't used the stroller this
morning and her feet are very tired. She wonders if one of us can go
back to the room and get it so she can ride back to the room. No,
princess, you're on your own for this last 40 yards ;-)
Speaking of
trusting people at Disney (weren't we?),
when we get back in our room we find a group of towel swans on one bed
and an arrangement of Serina's characters watching tv on the other.
There's a note on the bed next to Mickey that says "Mickey says you
dropped this on the floor, so he picked it up to give to you." In his
hand, folded many times lengthwise, is the $100 bill that Serina's
daddy had given her last night. Don't know about you, but that was a
jaw-dropper for us.
I'm laying on my
stomach across the end of the bed
waiting for my turn in the shower, when Serina comes out of the
bathroom and utters those words every 40-something guy longs to hear --
"Grandma, look how red the top of Papa's head is!!" I thought I had
done a good job applying the Water Babies spf45 to my face and head.
Our working theory now is that my inept application turned it into spf
4.5.
After our naps,
we get to MGM at about 4:40, in plenty
of time for the parade. We had told Serina that if the parade got too
loud we could leave, being clear that we meant leave the parade, not
the park, or Florida ;-) We stake out a spot for the stroller at the
end of a bench near the far end of Hollywood Blvd. and Serina takes
Laurie across the street to get some sunglasses (oddly there are none
in any of the shops on the right side of the street where we are). She
comes back with her "cool" sunglasses and parks herself in the
stroller, with Laurie a bit off to her side with the videocam and me
six feet behind, sharing the storefront wall with a 90-year-old Asian
couple. She seems to enjoy the parade, laying back and casually tapping
her toe and hand as it passes. Until she sees Lilo and Stitch. Then
she's up like a shot, climbing over a guy in front of her to get in
position to take her picture. ("No, really sir, we're not part of THAT
stroller brigade, this is very much unlike us sir.")
After the parade,
we manage to just catch the last
showing of the day at Playhouse Disney. We end up sitting near the
back, and she makes it clear that she's not going up front. No problem.
She enjoys the show, and afterwards we ask her if she watches all those
shows at home. She informs us that she only always watches Bear in the
Big Blue House, because her sisters "make" her.
At the end of
Mickey Avenue, she spends some time
trying to talk herself into walking into the spray from the giant Coke
bottle, but then decides she wants to go on a ride. So we're going to
try Star Tours. She understands the ride completely from previous
vidoes, and can describe the whole thing, but isn't quite sure she
wants to do it. After we've made our way past the playground and up
around Ellen's bookstore, she wonders if we're getting close. As we
walk around the next corner I say "Yes, I can see it." She says "Well I
can't, cause I don't know what it looks like."
She tries so hard
to talk herself into riding,
including getting into the seat on the shuttle, but at the last minute
before they shut the doors she decides she can't do it. Grandma
suggests that I ride while they wait in the hall, so she can get an
idea of how short the rides actually are. I'm barely off the ride when
she asks "are there any more RIDES in this park?" (Okay guys, that's
the downside of telling her Disney World is just like Six Flags ;-)
Since it's 6:25
and Magic Kingdom is open until
midnight, I say "Hey Laurie, would it be all right if after we see the
Muppet movie we go to another park?" Serina looks at me in disbelief
and says "That's what I was trying to tell her while you were on the
ride!"
I talk the girls
into stopping with me while I have a
smoke on the way down to Muppet 3D and have just barely finished it
when Serina looks up at me and says "How LONG is that cigarette going
to take???" Laurie bails me out by saying through a big grin "I was
just thinking the SAME thing!!" Thanks, hon.
We watch the
Muppet movie and hear, for the first time
this trip, absolute belly laughs, about half a dozen times. She has a
very deep voice for a 5-year-old, and it really takes us by surprise.
We had told her what the movie looks like with and without the glasses,
so she has them down on her nose or up on her forehead about half the
time. She loves it.
She still wants
to go on a "ride" though, so we figure
this might be a good time to introduce her to the monorail. We take the
bus from MGM to the Comtemporary, and on our way into the hotel she
says, "There's a monorail, we're not riding on THAT are we?" I say
"That's how we get to the rides" and she says "But it goes too fast." I
say "It's not any faster than a bus" and she says "But it runs way up
in the air." We have to take the elevator up to the monorail platform
and discover that she doesn't like elevators either. Now we're thinking
that maybe the only elevator she's ever been on has been the bumpy ride
on the Hydrolators at the Living Seas, so it's not too hard to talk her
through that portion of the journey.
When Monorail
Orange pulls into the station, she still
isn't ready to get on it, until I remind her again "it's just like a
bus." Somewhat disgusted, she replies "Well then why don't we just call
it a bus." So its "Bus Orange" for our short journey around the lagoon,
and her only brief problem is when we're cruising through the treetops
around the Polynesian. After we get off and head down the ramp at MK, I
ask her if she likes Bus Orange and she tells me "we can call it
Monorail Orange now." I'll take that as a yes.
We let her pick
the "rides", which put us on Small
World and then the Teacups. Serina did some spinning but got it going a
little too fast for her liking and wanted me to slow it down. But put
two adults on one side of those cars and NOT spinning is a quite a
trick;-)
At 9:00 we make
our way down through Tomorrowland with
the intention of walking through the Main St. shops and catching
SpectroMagic from Tony's front porch. Timekeeper is open though, which
surprises us since we thought that and Carousel of Progress were only
going to be open through Tuesday, so I figure I better see it again
while I still can. Laurie doesn't care for it though, so she and Serina
head for Tony's. I enjoy the show as much as I did the first time, kind
of sad that only 55 other people enjoyed it with me :( I think what
they need to do here is create an artificial demand by installing
FastPass, like they did with Peter Pan ;-)
After the show, I
get a call on the radio from Laurie,
who is now outside the park by the exit. Turns out the parade was far
too loud for Serina up close. By the time I get out there, she's sound
asleep. That probably has a lot to do with it being too loud. She does
wake up long enough to climb on the bus and find us a seat, but
immediately falls asleep again. We have to carry her off the bus and
wheel her to the room, where she immediately starts crying
uncontrollably. She's too tired and she wants her mommy and she wants
her daddy. We call her mom for her, but she's so tired and sobbing that
she can't even talk, so we finally just get her settled down and she
goes to sleep.
Once again, we've
taken our "day off" and packed it a
little too full ;-) Must remember to sleep in tomorrow, that shouldn't
hurt us too much at Animal Kingdom.
 Fri
4/25, Animal Kingdom
When we get up
this morning Serina is all happy and
bouncy, wonderful to confirm that last night's trauma was just a case
of being overly tired. She even reads a whole Sesame Street book by
herself while we have our showers. I find myself thinking of the Old
Troll again at breakfast this morning, as we sit next to a table full
of bored teenagers playing table hockey with a box of Frosted Flakes.
Laurie describes
us as "regular tourists" again today,
we're just finishing breakfast and are heading off to Animal Kingdom at
almost 10:00. Looks to me like this will be the "day off" we intended
to take yesterday. After last night's episode, a 6:00 park closing is
probably just about what we need.
We just miss
getting Rafiki's autograph on the way in
the park, but he had to go somewhere. We stop to look at a few animals
on the way in, spending the most time with the flamingos, which she's
been talking about since before we came. Just past the Oasis, the girls
get in line for pictures with Lilo & Stitch. Serina's all for
it
until she sees Stitch picking on everyone (sometimes literally), and
then she wants to bail. We finally get the picture when Laurie agrees
that she'll stand on Stitch's side and Serina can stand by Lilo.
It's different
for us touring with a girl that's in
school already, kind of neat when she can point to the sign on the
bridge and tell us "that says Africa." Our plan is to get FastPasses
for the safari and walk through the Mahatmagandi Jungle Trek, or
whatever it's called now. The park seems crowded today, but then Animal
Kingdom always seems more crowded than it really is because all the
walks are narrow and there isn't a lot of open space on your sides. It
can't be too crowded, because at 10:55 the standby line for the safari
is 20 minutes. Heck, the line for the Mickey bars is 25.
We decide to get
the FPs anyway and get in the ice
cream line. By the time we're finished, the girl is so desperate for a
"ride" that we decide to postpone the Trek and take the train to
conservation station. There isn't too much on the path up there that
interests her, but we have to sit outside for a bit when we get there
because there's a garbage can walking around talking to people, saying
things like "Thanks, I haven't had anything to eat all day!"
She's objecting
to all the walking we have to do
inside, because her toe hurts. But we let her pick the path, which
takes us fairly quickly to the animal hospital. Some kind of sheep had
a bloody nose this morning, and he made it here because it wouldn't
stop bleeding. A guide is telling us everything about the doctors and
the process, and it seems that Serina is as interested as we are. But
after a few minutes she looks up at us and says "would we be able to
walk more now and see something else?" Sure, you're driving. All kinds
of interesting lizards, and snakes, and eggs. As a bonus, we get
autographs from Stanley and Rafiki.
We get outside to
the Affection Section and there's
just no way she's going in there to pet those stinky animals, so we'll
head back to the safari. Amazing how a few minutes ago her toe hurt too
much to walk, but she can now run to beat us to the train.
On the way to the
Safari, it's twenty questions again
-- "Is it a ride? Are we going to get wet? Does it go fast? Is it
bumpy? Is it dark?" She ends up enjoying it, but it's just a big zoo to
her. In fact the elephants here aren't any big deal at all, "at the zoo
they throw sand at each other." Well this is Florida, honey, these are
(re)tired elephants.
The thing that
impresses her most about the safari
becomes clear after our driver tells us what some animal or other does
in the wild. "The bus driver knows about animals?!!?" That's another
big difference between Serina and the preschoolers; she has a bus
driver every day. (Later in the trip she would explain to us the
differences between the park bus and a "real" bus -- a real bus is like
an airplane, it has three seats on each side, and it has seat belts
that are gray, red, and black. And it should be clear by now that real
bus drivers don't know anything about animals either.)
On our way down
from the safari to the PizzaFari, the
question is "Am I getting more stuff than the other girls?", which
draws us into a discussion of how everybody gets more of something but
it all adds up to about the same. Laurie notes how nice and cool it is
when we get inside the restaurant, and Serina thinks that what we need
is one of those fan spray bottles. It's a very hot day, why not.
Neither of the other two girls had ever asked for one, but we don't
think it's a good idea to tell her that, there's all kinds of expensive
stuff here that the others didn't get ;-)
Serina and I pick
a table while Laurie goes to get our
lunch. While we're waiting, I mention that I was impressed that she
could spell Africa. She gives me kind of a puzzled look and says "I
can't spell it, I can only read it." Okay, I hadn't thought about it,
but those ARE two different things. She's looking a bit bored and says
"too bad we don't have a pencil and paper." So after I supply her with
her autograph pen and a napkin, I discover her plan is some
high-spiritied tic-tac-toe action. Another first for me at Disney.
As we're
finishing our lunch, she looks wistfully out
into the courtyard and says "Grandma, don't you wish the Pooh ride was
right outside this window?" We've wished that many times about
something or other, especially at Animal Kingdom. As we leave the
building, we're drawn across the street to look at some very big blue
fish and take some pictures. Around the corner, Laurie doesn't
recognize the animals on the island, but Serina does -- "they're
otters, just like Hip and Hop!"
At Camp
Minnie-Mickey, the only character we need to
see is Goofy, since we "have" all the others. Surprisingly, Serina
walks right up to him with pen and book in hand without any assistance,
and Goofy scares ME ;-) It's a hot line for the Lion King show, but
fortunately not too long. (Plus we've got the spray bottle fan going
for us.) We get good seats right by the exit, in case we have to leave
early. And we do, right after the tumble monkeys. It's WAY too loud.
And we can't deny it, Disney doesn't do low volume, and this show may
be the loudest we've seen.
We have kind of a
neat thing happen at Flights of
Wonder, we end up sitting right next to where the girl stands who has
the big bird fly up to her. Serina's eyes are very wide when the bird
comes at us, but it rates a "cool" afterward. She wants a ride now
though, and she's trying to think of the rides we were telling her
about this morning. She finally decides on the rabbit ride. Laurie and
I look at each other and have absolutely no clue what the rabbit ride
might be. "You know, the one that gets you all wet, the rabbit ride."
Ohhhh, Cally River Rabbits!!
We really don't
want to wait 45 minutes now for the
rabbit ride, even with a spray bottle, so we're heading over to Dino
Land. Serina says she wants to ride Primeval Whirl, but she's about 4"
short. She's really bummed that Lexi got to ride it and she can't, but
brightens noticeably when we tell her that Lexi was too short also. She
does like the Triceratops Spin though. She and Laurie sit in the back
so she can control elevation (if 4 feet qualifies as "elevation").
Toward the end of the ride, I push the "tip" button up front a couple
times just to see what it will do. It doesn't seem to me that it does
much at all, but she lets me know with certainty afterwards that I was
NOT supposed to be playing with that.
She loves the
Boneyard, but is a bit nervous about the
tunnel slides because you can't see the bottom from the top. That
shoots our hope of sitting at the bottom and resting our feet, and I
end up doing some climbing in the Boneyard as well. "Papa, let's check
out this path!!" Sure, why not. Fortunately, before I have to travel
too many miles, it starts to rain and we take shelter under the
platform. The rain doesn't last long, but it looks very dark in the
distance and is probably a good time to leave.
Outside the park
gate we run into Wendell, and I grab
Serina's book and pen for her. As she and I are posing for our picture,
Laurie's just standing there looking at me, saying "the camera's in the
bag on your back." There's a line now, so we "pretend" we're posing for
a picture and then get out of the way. But I'm forgetting that we can't
leave it at that, because we're going to put each character's picture
in her book on the page facing their autograph. So after we walk away,
I pose Serina in the stroller about 20 feet from the bear and sit down
on the ground and get their picture "together", sort of like Wendell
was the castle or the golf ball ;-)
We get back to
the hotel and send Serina immediately
to the showers, she's wearing her ice cream again as she has every day.
Laurie decides that since she has a headache anyway, she'll do a load
of laundry while Serina and I go to the pool. Serina swims, I don't,
because the storm has dropped the temperature about 20 degrees and it's
very windy and I'm freezing. She's in the water saying "come on in,
it's warm,", but there's a considerable difference between kid-warm and
adult-warm. She goes through several cycles of swimming for 5 or 10
minutes, climbing out and running over to my chair for a swallow of her
hot chocolate, then jumping back into the pool. She's definitely a
princess now, when I tell her we're ready to go after about 45 minutes
she says "Bring me a towel." And I do.
She's very bubbly
and chatty during supper; life is
good when you're not tired ;-) At one point, as Laurie is cutting her
spaghetti, Serina begins gently rubbing Laurie's back as she's talking
to me. Laurie melts. A little bonding is a wonderful thing.
She asks us if we
liked that ride where the seat moves
around and there's a wheel in the center. The Tea Cups? She says not,
but we can't think of any other ride where the seat moves around. She
says that in the center of the wheel it says "of". I don't remember
looking closely at the TeaCups wheel, but there could be something on
there. We ask her if she can remember the ride's name, but she can only
tell us that the last word starts with a P. We ask her what park we
were in. She doesn't know, but thinks it was on Day 2. That was Magic
Kingdom day, and I'm still racking my brain to come up with something
fitting that description when Laurie says "Carousel of Progress?" Yeah,
that's it. Not how I would have described it, but then I didn't see it
when I was 5. The seat DOES move around, and (in the first and last
scenes) there's a wheel in the center of the stage, that has "of" in
the middle. Yes, honey, we did like that ride very much, and you have a
pretty good picture of it in your head.
It starts raining
really hard during dinner, and we
ask a security guard on our way out if it has let up any. He tells us
they said it would be raining hard for 8 or 9 hours. Can't think of a
better time at Disney for an all day rain than at night;-)
After the
exciting 40-yard rain dash from the end of
the food court to our room, Serina calls her daddy on the cell phone
and he can't believe that she didn't have a nap today. She's all energy
walking from one end of the room to the other as she talks. We get her
dressed for bed and have our nightly snack. She's about halfway through
her grapes when she rolls over, cuddles up with Pooh and Atta, and
she's out like a light. Much better end than last night.
We should be
well-rested in the morning for an early
trip to MGM.
Sat. 4/26, MGM & Epcot 
It doesn't seem
like it's our 5th day here already,
but then it seems like we've been here two weeks. We skip breakfast in
the room so we can enjoy our tradition of hitting the Starring Rolls
Bakery as soon as we get to MGM. There are only three things we planned
to see here that we haven't yet, and then we'll head over to Epcot for
a Kids Stop tour.
I'm very
disappointed when we get to the bakery that
they don't have my favorite, the bear claws. Whose idea was this? (Next
I suppose you're going to tell me there's no more character meal at
Hollywood & Vine!) All I see are 3 kinds of cool whip dessert,
2
kinds of cookie, 3 different muffins, and 41 varieties of bagel. Oy.
Laurie doesn't realize they have her Neapolitan until after our tray is
already loaded, so she decides she'll stop back and get one on the way
out. Beauty and the Beast was on our list, but the first show isn't
until 12:15 and Serina isn't too interested anyway, so we'll probably
end up skipping that.
So our first
stop, as usual, is the Little Mermaid. We
get seats right next to the exit, with the understanding that we can
leave anytime she needs to. We also let her know though that we both
really LOVE this show;-) We work out a three-step system with her, if
it's too loud you cover your ears. If it's still too loud,
we'll
cover your ears too. If it's still too loud, we'll leave. We've
narrowed her sound problems down to very deep sounds (thunder-like) and
high-pitched sounds. (The whistle on the Magic Kingdom train doesn't
bother her at all, but the much quieter bell bothers her a great deal.
She can't stand the swings on the playground at home because they
squeak, and wind chimes bother her as well.) I think the deep sounds
bother most kids some, because you can actually feel them in your chest.
The only problem
she has is during Ursula's
appearance, she covers her ears and asks Grandma to cover her eyes and
"tell me when it's over". There have been a number of minor changes in
the show, particularly in the lighting. I think I like the original a
little better, but it's not different enough to think of it as a
different version. She tells us she liked everything except Ursula.
There are no
characters out by the silver trailers on
our way down to the Muppet movie. We point out Goofy to her further on,
and she informs us that she already has him, and tells us where and on
what day (which she could do with most of the characters she met). We
make a minor detour and experience another first for us, spending some
time in the Honey I Shrunk the Kids playground. She likes this a lot,
and even makes a couple attempts at climbing the spider webs. I think
if the ropes hadn't been slippery from the rain last night she would
have stuck with it and had a ball.
We get just
inside the Muppet entrance and through the
turnstiles when Serina realizes she has to go to the bathroom.
Fortunately, it's just across the plaza. I wait inside, but just after
they leave the CM puts the rope up and closes off the turnstiles. We
make a bit of eye contact and she tells me to let her know when my
family returns and she'll let them in. When they get back, Laurie is
huffing and puffing and saying "Man, that girl can run FAST!!"
We experience yet
another first here, being the last
ones into the theater and ending up sitting on the far left. Serina
picks our row, down in the front half. (We've always been in the back
right, so we can get in a row first and out ahead of the crowd
afterwards.) The other day she had the glasses off a little more than
on, today that's reversed.
As we're exiting
after the show, we're about halfway
across the theater when I hear the hostess saying "Please pick any row
and move about 3/4 of the way...", and it dawns on me that the next
audience is entering behind us. Since we were the last ones in our row,
I ask Serina "you want to watch it again right now?" "Sure!" So we stop
on the right side of the theater and watch it again. (Now where did I
put that Ride Hog t-shirt?) This time, she only tips the glasses up
about three times, very briefly, for the explosions. There are about
four other times where I see her reach for them, but not move them.
We're still hearing the belly laughs too, this is clearly #1.
We really do
leave the theater this time, and spot
Woody and Buzz at Al's Toy Barn. On the way over to see them, we see
Jesse over on the side with no line, so we end up meeting all three.
Now Serina's
ready for a RIDE, so we're going to take
a boat ride to Epcot. The MGM exit is quite busy as we're leaving, and
the CM there reaches down to stamp Serina's left hand. She immediately
jerks it back and puts her right hand out, giving him a look that says
"I've got four days worth of hand stamps on my RIGHT hand, what are
you, new here?"
We have to wait a
bit for the boat to Epcot and tell
Serina she can run around a little if she wants. It's like she was shot
out of a gun. Laurie and I spend the time trying to decide if the music
we're hearing in the background was the theme song to The Big Valley,
and eventually get three other couples there to play the game as well.
One of the couples is here with a Student Council from Louisiana. Her
daughter hasn't been involved for three years but she had always done
such a great job organizing all their logistics that they keep inviting
her along to "help" every year. Nice work if you can get it.
We get a phone
call from our CM-friend Joe while we're
on the boat, looking to hook up some time this afternoon, so we'll meet
him after our lunch in Canada. (Can't have a trip without that cheese
soup and bread sticks;-) While we're waiting in the restaurant, Laurie
and Serina pass the time playing a game on the kids' menu where you
take turns connecting dots two at a time to close in and claim squares.
While Serina can read most of the directions, she doesn't really get
the concept of the game. Finally, in a bit of frustration, she tells
Laurie "I'm just a little kid, sometimes I don't understand things."
Hey honey, I figure if you understand that you don't understand, you're
way ahead of several adults I know;-)
On our way out of
Le Cellier, a 10-year-old boy is
sitting on a bench outside eating some McDonalds takeout. A CM comes
out of the restaurant and asks him if his parents are inside. They are,
and she tells him "Well it's not like the money isn't all going the
same place, come on in!"
We meet up with
Joe right outside Canada. We were
planning on walking over to China to see the acrobats, but the
character bus arrives at Showcase Plaza just as we do. Serina gets
every autograph she missed here the other day, very efficiently too,
since she did a quick survey and gave us the list of what ones she
still needed. Laurie and I have a very enjoyable (but far too short)
chat with Joe while Serina is making her rounds. I think he's been
scared of getting trapped in our Grandbabies adventures ever since last
year when he spent a half hour in the Living Seas with Lexi, far
surpassing his previous record there ;-)
Since Serina is
setting our schedule, she wants to go
over to Test Track and at least see if she's tall enough to ride.
Unfortunately, TT has been down all day, don't know if the 9 hours of
rain last night is a factor or not. We do get to see a great big grin
though when she learns that she is indeed tall enough to ride. (We're
not sure she actually WANTS to ride, but she very definitely wants to
be big enough).
She's determined
to go on a ride though, so we're
going to go down to Energy and attempt to convince her later that it
was a "ride". Once again, we've lied horribly to the poor girl. We had
told her there weren't any really loud parts on Ellen's Energy
Adventure, because we really didn't remember any. Of course neither of
us remembered that part of the movie involves the "Big Bang". It
shouldn't take a rocket scientist (or even Bill Nye) to figure that one
might have involved some volume. At one point she tells Laurie "you
guys can come on this some time when I'm not with you."
We think it's
probably too late to do the Kid Stop
tour, but when we ask her in Mexico if she wants to check out the
mask-making station, she's off like a shot down the ramp. She checks it
all out and has no interest though, so we're mission-free on our way
around to America. (Actually, we should probably go at least as far as
Japan, her clothes are completely clean for the first afternoon this
week, so I think she really needs some rainbow Kaki-Gori.)
We all enjoy
American Vibe, and she gives a great deal
of thought to whether or not she wants to see the American Adventure as
well. We can't think of any way we might convince her it's a ride, so
she decides she wants to go on that yellow-climbing-net-thingie down by
Germany or wherever. Laurie takes her down there while I stay for the
show. This turns out to be another first for me too. I get into the
theater a bit late and decide to walk down around the front to get a
seat over by the exit. On my way around, I see two women sitting in the
very middle of the front row and make a comment to them about good
seats. They suggest that if I've seen the show before but haven't from
down here, I should join them, so I do. You can see unbelievable detail
in the sets from here that you just don't pick up watching the show
from farther back. I'll definitely have to get Laurie down here next
time.
After the show,
the girls meet me outside just as the
Fyfe and drum corps comes out. This turns out to be one of Serina's
favorite things, we think at least partly because she knows the songs,
and she ends up taking three or four pictures. Our next stop is the
living statues at their new home in Italy. Serina enjoys the show, but
has no desire to have her picture taken or to take one either.
We spend some
time checking out the railroad in
Germany. Since our last trip, they've added a number of control buttons
around the village, which operate the Ferris wheel, maypole, sawmill,
and other machinery, as well as some sounds. But she gets to one that
doesn't do what it's supposed to, and we're gone. When we go past the
yellow-climbing-net-thingie, there's quite a discrepancy between
Serina's version and Laurie's version of how high up in the thing she
had climbed;-)
We decide we're
all too tired to wait a half hour for
the Chinese acrobats, so we're going to go to Imagination and the Land
and be done. But we have to spend several minutes on the way back to
Future World with the talking drinking fountain.
Serina likes the
Imagination ride, and immediately
wants to go again. She's quite proud of herself that she saw the
"smell" coming and had her nose plugged when we didn't. We had ridden
in the 3rd car and she very much wants to ride Car #1 on our second
trip. We tell her we can't because there are already people lined up
there when we come in, but she says "well we can just wait for the next
train, can't we?" Absolutely, done it before, usually on coasters ;-)
When we get back
outside, she wants to look at the
upside down waterfalls and see if they will get her wet. She's a bit
disappointed when we just gets a very little bit of spray. I want to
show her my favorite thing in Epcot, so we go up the hill to the
Leaping Fountains. She likes those quite a bit. She watches for a
minute and decides it would be really cool to position herself so that
she could see one of them jump over her head. So she carefully stands
near one of the pits and waits. But for some reason, the east wind
trades places with the west wind and the one behind her comes up a good
foot short and gets her right square in the back of the head. She's
drenched. You have your choice of how to react to a thing like that,
and she did us proud, looking up with a big laugh and saying "I did NOT
see THAT one!!!"
We catch the last
ride at Living with the Land and she
is absolutely fascinated by the plants, studying each one carefully and
making comments on most. We wander over to Innoventions to get a
calendar picture at the Xerox booth (that isn't there any more). We try
to e-mail a picture home, but camera-defiant Serina has no intention of
cooperating with that, so we end up sending out greetings from Papa
Bear, Mama Bear, and Grumpy. She lights up though when we run across
some kids' computer kiosks where you put scenes in order to make a
movie, or play big-little-middle.
After supper back
at the All Star food court, Serina
wants to play on the X's and O's again, looks like this will be our
first non-swimming day (unless you count the leaping fountains). While
playing there, she notices something we never have in several stays in
the Touchdown buildings -- our building doesn't have steps and the
other one has two steps going up to it. Imagine that.
And then I get
treated to my biggest laugh of the
trip. The beds in the room are nearly high enough to be semi-bunks, and
we've joked about this in the past with Laurie being sort of a short
woman. While I'm out having a smoke and Laurie's in the bathroom
getting ready for bed, Serina hides in the room. (We made a big deal on
Day 1 about how we allow absolutely NO hiding anywhere at Disney World,
except inside the room, so we make sure we play along as often as she
wants.) Laurie had guessed fairly quickly and correctly that Serina was
under her bed, and she thought she'd trick her by getting up on the bed
and then leaning over the end of it and seeing her that way. So when I
come back in the room, I find poor Laurie, bottom half up on the high
bed, hands on the floor pushup style, arms not long enough to lift
herself back onto the bed, afraid she'd hurt her shoulder rolling down
off, halfway between a laugh and a cry, saying "GET ME UP!!!!" I'll
tell you right now, a lesser man would have stopped to get the camera.
We covered a lot
of ground today, so we're thinking
we'll kick back at Blizzard Beach tomorrow and then see the things we
haven't seen yet at the Magic Kingdom. Man, this is fun.
Sun.
4/27, MK
& Blizzard Beach
Our original plan
for today was to go to Blizzard
Beach this morning and Magic Kingdom afterward, but when we realized MK
is only open until 7 and we'll only spend a couple hours at the Beach,
we decided to switch it up. (That makes little sense to me now, but it
made perfect sense to us at the time.)
When I get out of
the shower, Serina is on the cell
phone with her sisters. Buying minutes by the hundred sure has changed
life, hasn't it. The downside is that she's become a teenager at 5,
laying on the bed with her feet up on the headboard while she talks. On
our 6th day here, she "owns" Disney World now, knows where everything
is, every bus stop. You can see that she feels at home now, pigtails
bobbing, giggling, and leading us to the Magic Kingdom bus stop.
Our first stop is
the Indy Speedway, since Grandma
hasn't had a ride with Serina yet. If you're a smoker waiting for
someone to get off the Speedway, you're bound to hear the traffic
report, several times. Several times. Several times. "Hi there,
Tomorrowland travelers, this is Mr. Johnson in SkyView Hovercraft 1,
bringing you the latest Tomorrowland traffic report. As usual,
everything is perfect on Tomorrowland's superhighways. Back to you at
TTA Central." Sort of like weather on the 8's, only this is traffic on
the 30 seconds.
Serina isn't sure
she wants to ride the Teacups today,
but she does spot Tweedle Dee and Tweedle Dum there for autographs.
Laurie asks them (as usual) to sign the same page, so we can put their
picture on the opposite page. TDum says he needs some money for that,
we always knew he was the smart one.
We go up to see
how long the line is for Pooh and it's
got a wall around it, closed for refurbishment. Bummer. Serina didn't
want to ride Dumbo on Day 2, but Laurie thinks that since she rode the
Triceratops Spin the other day she might like it. She says she isn't
sure at all, but when we get close she announces she wants a blue
elephant. And the ride is fun.
While the girls
were in line for Dumbo, and I was
walking past the queue on a search for a spot that offered both shade
and photographic access, a 4-year-old girl with her older sister and
mom and grandma looked up at me and said "I rode on two scary rides!"
Snow White and the Haunted Mansion must have been substantial victories
to warrant sharing with a complete stranger ;-) Overheard another mom
saying "Well, Early Entry did us a lot of good, we got stuck with the
characters out front and here we are again, stuck in line for Dumbo."
As my dad used to say, can't win for losing. (I never knew what that
meant, but I know this is just the situation where you use it.)
On our way to
Toon Town we see some very short lines
for the Queen of Hearts, Prince John, and Cruella. Serina's not sure at
all, because they look very mean, but she knows she wants to get more
autographs than her sister and cousin. That Queen IS really mean too,
she snaps the book shut after signing it, and Serina makes sure she's
on the far side of Grandma for the picture. She skips Prince John (Day
1, Epcot;-), but forces herself through a session with Cruella. We
think she's even scarier than the Queen, mostly because the "face"
characters are so much more real.
After deciding
that she does want to ride the Teacups
today, we make our way down to the Barnstormer. She wants me to ride
with her this time, explaining that it goes up the hill very slow but
then goes down very fast. I say "You mean we're going to go through
that barn?!?" She shrugs her shoulders and says, "Hey, you get on the
ride, you go through the barn." (Note to self -- talk to the imagineers
about those hard plastic, 6-inch deep corduroy seats. They're probably
designed to keep little butts from sliding sideways, but holy cow!)
After the ride I tell Serina that it wasn't too fast, and she says
"It's pretty fast if you're a little kid!" True enough, everything's
relative.
We finally get a
chance to check out Minnie and
Mickey's houses. As if we needed proof that she's a tomboy (dirt bikes
and all), she isn't terribly impressed with Minnie's place but spends
quite a bit of time in Mickey's.
On the way to the
train, she's talking about going on
Splash again, wondering how many times the other girls rode. She
decides she's going to ride it again. On our way out of the Main St.
station, Laurie sees someone that reminds her of LauraB, so she gets on
the cell phone and calls her up and lets her listen to the train sounds
all the way around to Frontierland, describing all the sights as we go
by. Must have come as quite a surprise to Laura, and made her day.
Once we get over
there and make a bathroom stop,
Serina doesn't much like the idea of another Splash trip. Too bad, it's
only a 15-minute line, while Big Thunder is 45. We walk around back of
Big Thunder so she can check it out, and after a few minutes she
declares that it's not much faster than the Barnstormer. Ultimately
though, it's a no go.
We ask her if she
wants to go on the Pirates ride,
being careful to be sure that she's aware that there's one very short,
very dark place and one very small drop. Probably due to her increasing
confidence and what must seem to her to be a shortage of real rides,
she'll try it. We all have to hold hands throughout the queue because
it's quite dark in there. She survives the drop nicely, but is quite
tense throughout the ride. When we get outside she informs us "that's
the very, very, very, very, very, very last time I'm EVER riding on
that ride." She's bubbly and bouncing now, so she's certainly able to
put anything behind her, but this puppy's definitely behind her. It's
added a new term to our Disney vocabulary too, we now have a list of
"E-ticket" rides and a separate (overlapping) list of "6-very-last"
rides.
It's Laurie's
turn to get her biggest laugh of the
trip in the queue for Alladin. Laurie and Serina were going to sit in
the front so she could control the elevation, with me in the back.
Serina suddenly looks up at me and sternly demands "and you don't TOUCH
that button back there." I assure her that I won't touch anything for
the entire ride. About 30 seconds later, she looks up at me again and
says "You better sit up front with me and Grandma can sit in the back,
because she KNOWS about it." (In other words, it's not that I don't
trust you Papa, but get your butt up here where you can't do any
damage.) Now THAT makes Laurie's day ;-)
She's a little
upset with us for taking her to see the
Tiki Room, "You mean we have to stand up??!!" No princess, this is the
pre-show, we'll find you a seat in a minute. She doesn't really like
the show that much either, because "Iago's too mean." It doesn't make
the 6-very-last list though, so we're thinking it wasn't too bad.
At 12:20 there's
a 40-minute wait for the Jungle
Cruise, and the FastPass return time is only 45 minutes away, that's
kind of a no-brainer so we grab a set and head to lunch. The FPs say we
can get another one after 12:24, only 4 minutes away. If I had more
energy, I'd run over to Splash and get some there ;-) During lunch at
Pecos Bill's, Serina informs us that Day 6 has been a lot of fun. We
think that's a pretty good way of not dwelling on the bad things but
looking at the big picture.
She's been
spoiled by the FP, there are about 20
people in the Jungle Cruise line ahead of us and she asks us,
incredulously, "This is the FastPass line?" When you think about it
though, when you're 5 years old, any crowd of adults is just a big
collection of knees and butts, so a line of 20 and a line of 200 look
just about the same. She gets a big kick out of the Jungle Cruise, we
have a good skipper who's fairly entertaining even if you don't get the
bad jokes.
Getting Jafar's
autograph in Adventureland is quite an
Adventure, she toughs it out but concludes afterwards "Man, is HE
creepy!" As we walk by the Crystal Palace I ask her if she remembers
that building, and she says "Yes, that's where we had lunch with Pooh
and Piglet and Tigger and Eeyore on Day 2." We can't even keep track of
time that well at DW ;-)
We take the nice
cool walk down through the shops on
Main Street, when suddenly she's drawn outside by the sound of the Main
Street band. Very entertaining. We escape the dreaded half-day at
Downtown Disney (don't tell Laurie I said that) by completing all our
shopping in the Emporium. (Don't know if those shops have separate
names, but I call everything from Casey's to City Hall the "Emporium",
if they ain't got no doors, they ain't different stores).
Our bus pulls up
just as we get to the bus stop and
there are only a few other people there, so Laurie tells Serina to get
on while we pack up the stroller and our packages. We find her in our
traditional spot across from the back door, laying across the three
seats to save them for us.
Back at the
hotel, Laurie and Serina do a little more
bonding as we take the cool shortcut through the food court. Serina and
I take a different path than Laurie through the tables because Serina
wants to beat her to the door. Laurie walks just fast enough to let
Serina almost catch up, then speeds up just a bit by the door. Serina
declares it a tie, and I tell her she should know by now that Grandma
doesn't like to lose. Laurie says, "No, I like to win. I think all
middle children like to win." "You're a middle kid?!!?! I'm a middle
kid too!!! So's my mommy!" Instant common ground.
After resting for
a bit, we head over to Blizzard
Beach at 3:00, with the bus driver asking to make sure that everyone
knows it closes at 6. On the way in the park, Serina sees a poster for
the toboggan rides and wants to do that first. We quickly find a nice
spot with chairs over in Tike's Peak, and as we're parking our gear she
sees the kids' water slides there and wants to check them out. I walk
up to the top with her and she goes down one slide, then decides she
wants to do something else.
Laurie and I are
both feeling a little overheated
already, so we talk her into taking the lazy river around to the
toboggans. The Blizzard Beach river is just a hair shallower than the
one at Typhoon Lagoon, and Serina can stand up all the way around. So
she "runs" almost a complete lap. We make one and a half laps and walk
over to the bottom of the toboggan ride so she can decide if it looks
good when it isn't on a poster. Yes it does.
On the way up to
the top though, we must have missed
an exit, because soon we're in the line for the Family Raft Ride. She
thinks that sounds like fun, and we're excited because we couldn't get
the other two girls on it. I'm trying to keep an eye on Serina to make
sure she gets in the boat okay, and I make a misstep and fall full on
my side in the raft like a big goober. Everybody and his brother is all
over me making sure I'm okay. Except Serina, who's busy trying to get a
good grip on those handles, and doesn't have time to be bothered with
some old relative lying in her boat. And we launch, and we go up and
down and around, and it's a blast, and she wants to do it again. But on
the way to the stairs she decides she really wants to try that
toboggan. I'm not crazy about that one, so I head back to camp while
the girls head up the hill. They have a ball. Serina knows from
watching people up ahead that the CM would be giving her a little head
start, but she tells Laurie "you're still going to beat me, because
you're heavier and I'll slow down more at the bottom." I think she's
done this before.
I had decided to
take the lazy river around to camp
and wait for them, but when I get back they're already through with
their ride, back at the camp, and leaving me a note that they're
heading to the wave pool. When they call that a lazy river, they mean
it. (Well, okay, "they" don't actually call it that, but "we" do.)
Serina likes the wave pool here too, unlike Typhoon Lagoon this one is
just steady bobbing waves of up to two feet, depending where you are.
And Laurie likes the fact that I'm there because she's finally getting
in some alone time in the sun.
On our way back
to the hotel after closing the Beach,
Serina wants to know what park we're going to next. Laurie tells her we
thought we'd just go back and stay at the hotel, and she says, in
disbelief, "But it's still daytime!!" When we get back to the football
field at the All Stars, there's a 7-year-old boy looking very lost and
panicky. Laurie asks him if he's lost, and he sobs "no, but my
2-year-old brother is." His parents are down checking out the pools and
the CM's are very quietly but actively involved in the process as well.
Serina says "we have to help find him," so we take her out behind
Building 10 and look along the edge of the bushes. At every sidewalk
intersection, she'd say, "let's look down here." After about a half
hour I start asking her if we should start to head back and she just
keeps saying, "well he has to be SOMEWHERE."
She says
something interesting as we walk past the
baseball building, she's glad we aren't staying there because "all the
doors are the same color." Must be something comforting about our
color-coded sets of rooms. When we get back to the football field, the
CM is casually talking to some guests, so the boy must have been found.
Serina is quite relieved, and can finally get back to the less serious
business of climbing on the X's and O's.
Since we're back
in the room early after supper and
tomorrow is our last full day, we decide to do most of our packing
tonight. Serina has no problem with that; she's excited that she gets
to pick our bus tomorrow. We ask her what park we'll be going to, and
her immediate answer is "not Epcot". I think she can still "feel"
Illuminations. One other bit of luck we have is that as we're packing
and flipping channels, we run across the movie "A Painted House." We
had both really wanted to see it, because it's the first book we had
ever read together. There's just no end to the "magic" here ;-)
Mon. 4/28, the Whole World
On our last day,
when she gets to pick the bus, Serina
is surprisingly having a hard time deciding between MGM and Magic
Kingdom. Surprising because we can only remember one thing she really
liked at MGM, the Muppet Movie. She finally decides on MK. Laurie asks
her to get ready while she's in the shower and I'm down for coffee.
When she gets out of the shower, Serina's still was laying in bed with
the blankets up around her neck. After chatting away for a while,
Laurie asks her why she didn't get up and get dressed, and she says she
was just tired. But when I get back with our coffee and knock on the
door, she hops out of bed, fully dressed, including sneakers. Never
pass up an opportunity to pick on Grandma.
It looks like
Monday at MK will be very busy again,
the bus is out front of our hotel when we get there but it's full
already. When we get to the park, we almost get trapped in Town Square
because we don't have Timon or Peter Pan yet. They're about ready to
take a break though, so we head back for our first adventure with Buzz
Lightyear. Buzz is a walkon, but Serina isn't sure she wants to ride
because it looks too dark and too loud. We talk her into trying it, but
she and Laurie have the bad luck to get a space pod with dead
batteries, neither gun even lights up. So they just ride through
looking at everything. As soon as we get off Serina says "we're going
to do it again and get a car that works." So I park myself outside the
exit while they go back on. While I'm sitting there, four unlucky souls
come over to see their favorite attraction, Carousel of Progress, only
to find it's once again too unbusy for it to be open.
For as long as
Buzz has been around, there is still a
high percentage of smiles and laughs from people of all ages coming out
of Buzz. It seems that grandiose hand motions are also necessary for a
full description, even to people who just rode it with you ;-) A
grandma and mom and two girls come out all smiles, arms waving,
laughing. The lone exception is a three-year-old who comes out
screaming. I can't imagine what's so terrifying, until I hear dad tell
mom that he didn't want to come out, "he loves to spin that car, I
couldn't shoot anything."
Pooh is closed
again today (and an additional two
months) and Serina informs us "When Pooh is broken I ride Dumbo, that's
just my rule." Well all righty, then. She also thinks that maybe Pooh
is closed because some paint scratched off and they're fixing it.
Wonder if she subconsciously got that idea from Buzz ;-) The line is
very long for Dumbo and through either bad luck or poor planning it's
my turn to ride the elephant with her. Grandma can't believe we're in a
45-minute line for Dumbo, but she realizes we have no choice, you have
to go to MK on your last day, whether you're 5 or not.
She never did
ride the carousel (because it makes her
dizzy), but we manage a Dumbo ride, the teacups, the Barnstormer with
me, an autograph from Max, and then the Barnstormer again with Laurie.
Good timing, the train is there at ToonTown when we get there for it,
and we pull into the Main Street Station at 11:05, just as the
characters are coming back out.
We get autographs
from Timon and Wendy and Peter Pan
and even the reclusive Daisy Duck. (Note to self -- Peter Pan is
terribly annoying, he should go on the "6-very-last" list.;-) Another
first for us now, lunch at Casey's Corner. Serina thinks it's neat that
our last Magic Kingdom lunch is right next door to our first Magic
Kingdom lunch. The show is going on at the Castle Forecourt, but the
trees block our view. Serina says "wouldn't it be nice if the show was
right over here." Then after a 30-second pause she adds "of course if
it was over here I'd probably have to move back, so it wouldn't make
sense." Gotta love that.
During lunch,
she's looking through her autograph book
and doesn't recognize a few (there are a couple I'm not sure of). She
tells us that Stanley is the only one who actually knows how to write.
After lunch we
check in on the Country Bears. Serina
likes it and wants to see it again, but there's a very long line and
she doesn't want to wait. We're winding down and picking favorite
repeats now, which leads us back to Small world. At 1:12 on Monday
though, the SW line goes all the way up the ramp, down the building and
back, and a hundred feet out into the street. The sign says 35-minutes,
but we get in it anyway and it's 16 minutes from the time we get in
line until we're on the boat. (The other 19 minutes comes in the Aloha
room, waiting to get back to shore.)
Out in back of
the castle, Laurie spots another
management-looking type CM carrying a trash picker-upper. We've seen
that quite a few times this trip, and don't recall seeing any CM's
whose job seems to be primarily cleaning streets and sidewalks like we
used to.
We walk down
around the side of the castle and once
again we're just in time for Belle's Story Hour, working our way into
position to be second for autographs afterwards. It's 2:30 now and we
have 2:50 FP's for Buzz, so Laurie's going to get us a drink and we'll
watch the cars on the Speedway for a few minutes. It's a week after
Easter, and it must be pre-schooler day, because everything in
Fantasyland is packed but there's only a 30 minute standby on Space
Mountain. I get to sit with Serina on Buzz this time, and ask her
midway if it's too loud and she says it isn't. (It's twice as loud as
some of the things that have scared her, which helps confirm the pitch
issue.) This time Laurie beat me, and Serina had 27000, pretty
respectable for a 5-year-old.
We sort of
tricked Serina, Laurie was stopping in one
of the shops on Main Street and Serina and I were going down to the hat
shop to get the hat she had picked out on Day 1 (you know, the blue
sorcerer's hat that's almost as tall as she is, with the lights that
flash). The deal was that we would all meet on Tony's porch, and
wouldn't you know it, while we were waiting there for Laurie a parade
came by! It isn't too loud and doesn't bother her a bit, we think
daytime vs. nighttime is a big factor. She knows everyone in the
parade, and she loves every minute of it.
Serina doesn't
want to go back to the room because she
isn't tired (ever hear that one before?), she wants to go to MGM and
see the Muppets again. She falls asleep on the bus on the way over,
wakes up ungrumpy, gets in the stroller and promptly falls back asleep.
This gives Laurie and me the chance to enjoy a very casual walk to the
back of the park, and what may well be our first extended one-on-one
conversation of the trip;-) (It's a shame there's nothing in the Doug
theater, like for instance, oh I don't know, DOUG?)
We're in front of
Star Tours when I mention to Laurie
that we have to remember to get her Neapolitan on the way out. She says
"Hey, I could go get it right now!" I'm thinking wait a minute, isn't
this the same girl that didn't want to go from Country Bears to Small
World because it's "way across the park"? Reminds me a little of
Serina, can't walk because her toe hurts, but can race us to the train
;-)
We figure it's a
good idea to let Serina sleep, so
Laurie suggests I take a Star Tour and they'll meet us at Muppet Plaza.
I get to sit next to a couple of 40-something Brits making their first
trip to Endor, and she's very carefully trying to only take half the
armrest. I tell her if she needs the whole thing it's no problem, I've
been to Endor many times and it's usually a pretty smooth flight. As we
take our first "detour", she seems very appreciative.
Laurie and I both
get another first today, since
Serina is picking not only the busses and attractions, but the seats.
We end up front row center at the Muppets, right down by the penguins.
What you miss when Waldo is "bouncin' on peo-ple's hea-eads" you more
than make up for with the strength and closeness of the 3-D effects. I
didn't notice her taking her glasses off this time, and several times I
see her reaching out to grab Waldo or a pie or something. It's an
ear-to-ear grin through the whole movie.
She still wants
to ride a ride, and we tell her the
only thing we haven't seen yet here is the Beauty and the Beast show.
So she decides on the Mermaid. (I've stopped trying to predict her.)
We're just making the turn down the street when out of the blue she
says "I want to go on the Star Wars ride." We tell her it was pretty
bumpy, and she says she doesn't care, she wants to ride it. And we do.
She seems quite apprehensive at the start, and many parts are clearly
uncomfortable for her, especially flying through those icicles. One
neat thing though, right after we get caught in the tractor beam and
ease off our main thrusters and lurch forward, she looks up at me and
giggles. And she's quite bouncy and smiley after the ride, she probably
wouldn't do it again right away but darn it, she's crossed one more
thing off her list. We're quite proud of her.
We miss the
loading of the Little Mermaid Theater by
about 30 seconds and don't really feel like waiting around for half an
hour, so "Serina, do you want to go to the Beauty and the Beast show or
Epcot." Without hesitation, "Epcot." That was the one place she ruled
out last night, but we've discovered we can get her to do almost
anything by threatening her with a show ;-)
The boat is
loading at the MGM dock when we get
outside; so we run down to catch it. As we approach the boat skipper,
she looks at Laurie with great concern and says "Oh dear, you've got a
bit of poo on your shirt!" Laurie thinks she's been birded, but when
she looks down, what she finds is Pooh. Nice one Skipper, and Serina
gets a chuckle at the thought that one of the "bosses" tricked Grandma.
On the ride to
Epcot, we get to wonder why we're going
to Epcot. We had planned on eating at the Garden Grill, but none of us
are very hungry and there's no point to a character meal when you've
already got autographs and pictures from all of them and if we're going
to eat there it will just be at the food court and Serina doesn't want
to see a "show" there and she has mentioned riding the Barnstormer
again and Laurie thinks it's nearly mandatory to end your trip in the
Magic Kingdom anyway so why don't we just go back there instead. So we
get off at the Yacht and Beach Club to catch a MK bus ;-) As luck would
have it, the bus is just about to leave when we get out to the bus
stop, so we run and flag it down and we're on our way.
The train is just
pulling into Main Street station as
we're going through the turnstiles, so we hustle up to the platform for
our ride to the Barnstormer. We're barely clear of the station when
Serina asks, "where's Splash Mountain?"Â We tell her it's at
the
next train stop and she says "I want to ride it again, but Grandma,
will you cover my eyes when we get to the big drop." No problem ;-) I
have to laugh when Laurie points out to me that that over the last hour
we've run to catch a boat and run to catch a bus and run to catch a
train to get some place we hadn't even planned on going;-) In spite of
our feet, it was fun.
In the Splash
Mountain line Serina tells Laurie she
likes the little drops but not the big one. Her conclusion is "I think
you have to ride a LOT of times before you're used to THAT one." You're
probably right, and we have and we are;-) And this time, she even likes
the big drop. We're not sure how much of that is because she knows she
isn't going to ride it again. She says she's going to tell her sister
that she also had her arms up on Splash, perhaps that's why she had no
interest in getting the picture ;-)
Now it's 7:45,
the park closes at 8:30, there's no
place here to get anything to eat, and our feet are very tired. So
we're going to call it a trip and head back to the hotel. After a
mandatory last trip to the pool, we settle in for a good night's sleep
and the trip home.
We think we've
helped Serina start to get past a
number of her fears during the trip. When we start our descent into
Buffalo on the flight home she asks if she can sit next to the window
and then has her face glued to it, pointing out to me the "highway"
(that's any 4-lane), baseball fields, and school busses. Pretty good,
considering six days ago her dad had to shut the window a number of
times on the trip down.
She sleeps
through most of the long car ride to her
mom's house, and is so excited to see her sisters that the three of
them immediately disappear into another room and only came out for a
quick hug goodbye. We aren't sure if she's enjoyed the trip as much as
we think she has, but her mom and dad tell us later that she talked
about nothing else for the next two weeks.
So it turns out
we were right at the start -- we
kissed a few geese and gave her (and us) a fun and memorable trip.
A
Star Movies
Top
Of Page
Haley's
Disney trip
Grandbabies
4.0, the Launch, 3/30/05
Four years
ago, we borrowed a tradition from someone we met in a queue at the Magic
Kingdom,
and
began taking our grandchildren to Disney World. We
take them one at a time, the year before they enter kindergarten.
Each of our three
previous trips has been unique,
with one granddaughter standing in EVERY line for autographs, one
afraid of anything dark or high or fast or loud or spinny, and one
fascinated watching the rabbits eat the castle lawn. But
mostly, we've gotten to know each of them as individuals, outside the
family dynamics, and created bonds we'll cherish forever. Plus,
we've had four extra Disney trips out of the deal for ourselves!
This
year we have to make three trips (damn!), since Laurie's three children
thought it would be cool to each have babies the same spring five years
ago. First
up is Haley (the third of our oldest's
four), for a trip the week after Easter. She's had
plenty of preparation from her sisters Elysia and Serina (who made our
first and third trip), and from a trip with her mom and sisters a year
ago. She'll
recall some things, but it will be a
very different trip for her, since she’ll be calling the
shots
(mostly) as to what we do and don’t. The only
solo time we’ve ever had with her is a couple of overnights
at
our house, so we're looking forward to a whole week of quality time.
We pick
Haley up at preschool, and her teacher tells us her backpack is going
to be very heavy, because there were a lot of people who had told her
they wanted to go with her. We ask her on the
way
out of the school if all the kids in her class had wanted to go with
her. She
says "No. [pause,
pause] It
was adults." See,
so
we're not the only ones.
We
never know how well it's going to go until we get started, not really
knowing the child’s true personality. But I
think we learn everything we need about two miles down the road, when I
look in the back seat and see Haley telling her Pooh (who's now wearing
Tinkerbell sunglasses) "We have to go to the airport before we can go
to Disney." Yeah,
she's ready. Plus,
I know I'm back in the company of the ever-entertaining five year old
mind when I hear a recent discovery like "Everything I ever said is
still in my head." Enjoy it, hon,
there will come a
time when it’s all still there but you can’t
necessarily
find it.
Haley’s
never flown,
so we don’t know how traumatic that will be. As
we near the airport, we point out to her a number of jets on approach
or takeoff, and she thinks she wouldn't mind flying on them, since
they're "small". Then
one comes in about 100 feet
up over the highway right in front of us, and she looks quite shocked
and asks "Is ours going to be THAT BIG???" There
seems to be no nervousness as we enter the airport though, at least as
it pertains to flying. While having
lunch in the
airport, I discover what will be the dynamic between Haley and me for
the week, when I blow her a kiss. She puts her
hands on her hips, tips her head down, looks at me through her
eyelashes, and says with an impish smile "You nervous me out."
The scariest
part of the plane trip, for all the kids, is the acceleration for
takeoff, when both the jets and the wheels are very loud. Haley
immediately leans into Laurie, goes into a full tuck with knees up and
head down, and is in pre-cry mode when the wheels come up, and the
nervousness instantly evaporates. We're lucky
enough to have the plane bank hard toward our side, so she can see the
whole city at one time, saying "That's AWESOME!!!" She's
a little ticked off because we told her we'd be flying above the
clouds, and this is one of the few times we have an absolutely clear
flight the whole way. We decide to let
her sleep
through the landing, and wake her up (one cabin light at a time) hoping
for no grumpies. None
whatsoever, another welcome
surprise.
Our
$20 umbrella stroller broke on the flight, at least in part because we
checked it ahead of time instead of at the gate, leaving it at the
bottom of the pile instead of the top. Nothing
serious, just that one front wheel would fall off whenever we picked it
up. Good
thing Laurie always has a fistful of
little rubber bands, a few of them around the post made a workable fix.
An omen though,
perhaps, if you believe in that sort
of thing. Five-year-olds
really don't need a
stroller under normal circumstances, and some will initially refuse it.
But a week at
Disney World is about as far from a
normal circumstance as you can get, and anything you can do to keep the
child from getting tired is going to increase everyone's enjoyment
immensely.
We
had to wait later than we like to book rooms for this trip (job
schedule uncertainties), and couldn't get on site for our whole trip,
so we're spending our first two nights at the Motel 6. Minuses?
No elevator to
our second floor room, no dresser, no
alarm clock, no toilet cover to hold my towels and clothes in the
morning. Pluses? 34 bucks a
night, clean bathroom, comfortable beds, a Perkins next door, and they
left the light on for us. Bonus? No
hassle deciding what to tip the bellman.
We
all fall asleep quite quickly, despite being very excited about going
to the Animal Kingdom in the morning.
4.1, Animal Kingdom, 3/31/05
Laurie,
Don, and 5-year-old granddaughter Haley, on our first park day of a
week-long post-Easter adventure.
In
addition to the broken stroller deal, I can't find my recorder this
morning, so I end up making my trip notes on the back of a flyer all
day. Throw
anything you want at us, we don't care,
we're at Disney.
Haley
beat the alarm by about 20 minutes this morning and I hear "Wake up,
Papa, we have to go to Disney!" We park at the
Animal Kingdom and while I'm standing by the car for a couple minutes
adjusting our stroller fix, she says "My legs are tired." Yes
I know, Princess, it's been a long day so far. We
get Haley's pass, and as we make our way up through the Oasis, she
echoes our tram driver's warning -- "Be careful, it's a jungle out
there". Our
plan is to get a FastPass for the
safari and check out the Pangani Trail.
On
our way
past the road to Camp Minnie-Mickey
though, a CM is telling us the Lion King show starts in five minutes,
so we head over there. We're extremely
flexible. Haley
loves the show, especially the dancers. After the
show,
she goes over to get an autograph
from Minnie, but doesn't want to wait in a line for any of the other
three characters there. [Hmm, kid
doesn’t
want to wait in lines for autographs, I think we just added a dozen
hours to our trip right there, this is going to be GREAT!] While
she's getting her book signed, Gi'Tar Dan is entertaining the troops.
I still miss him
in the Diamond Horseshoe. (Miss the Diamond
Horseshoe a lot too, for that
matter.)
We make it back to the Safari at about 10:30,
get our FastPass, and head down the Pangani Trail. Haley's
enjoying the fish, mostly. And above us is
something I don't remember noticing before, upside down bird nests.
Cool. She only spends
about 10
seconds more than I ever have with the naked mole rats, another good
sign for our trip. Though there are
only two
gorillas out, she's fascinated by them, both by their size and the way
they're stripping little leaves for their lunch. I
pick her up to give her a better look, and though she's grateful for
the lift, as I put her down she wipes her arm and says "You're getting
sweaty!" Well
honey, it's getting toward mid-day
and well on its way to 87 degrees, so guilty as charged. She loves the
safari, though she's a little concerned about the bumpy ride at first.
Once she realizes
that the lack of seatbelts
probably means not much danger, she quickly becomes First Pointer for
each new animal though, and giggles quite a bit after we make it over a
very rickety bridge.
She's
"a little hungry" at 11:30,
so we buy her some grapes at a stand and make our way back to
Conservation Station. On the trail,
she's sorting
out which leaves are real and which are not real, which isn't always as
easy here as it sounds. I take a break
outside
while Haley and Laurie enter the station, and it's quite comical as six
Americans are struggling with head math to let the British woman know
that we're expecting high temperatures around 30 today and tomorrow and
20 on the weekend. (Let's see, does
the 32 come
first or the divide?)
She doesn't
spend much time in the Station at all, getting an autograph and picture
with Pocahontas, but actively avoiding Rafiki. Maybe
the face character seems safe but the furry guy doesn't, I don't know.
Haley says "You
said there's a petting zoo, where is
it?" Once
we get out there though, she doesn't want
to touch any of the animals, which makes you kind of wonder what she
thought a petting zoo was.
We
get back to the Tusker House for lunch at 12:50,
and it's extremely crowded. The
CM cleaning the table says "You should have seen it yesterday!"
We're only four
days after Easter, we've done this
before, the crowds will be much smaller by the weekend. Haley
declares the mac’n’cheese “too
cheesy”. [No,
that’s the Jungle Cruise.] Elysia
always told us that Disney had the best macaroni and cheese in the
whole world, so there you go. By the end of
lunch,
Haley's getting cold and wants to go back outside. She's
quite taken with the percussion group out front. We
had planned to take a break this afternoon, but she's doing great and
we didn't want to miss Flights of Wonder (which has it's last show at
3) or the parade, so we guess we'll just stay here.
Laurie
spots Baloo and asks Haley if she wants to go get his autograph, and
she says "Sure." While
standing in line, I'm
entertained by a four-year-old who's posing right in front of Baloo but
facing away from him with her hands down at her side and her fingers
coochy-cooing that thick fur behind her, grinning from ear to ear.
Even though
there's no line at all right next door
for King Louie, Haley has no interest whatsoever.
We
just get nicely seated for the 2:00
Flights of Wonder, and for the first time hear those dreaded words.
"Are we going to
do any rides???" [It’s
no accident that we always save the Magic
Kingdom
for last
with the kids, or we’d be hearing this all the time.]
She saw this show
with her mom, and is quite bored
about 10 minutes in. For myself
though, I had been
quite disappointed when I learned a while back that Guano Joe had
retired, and Laurie had been quite disappointed with his replacement
(his cousin Guano Joe) on one of her trips. But
this trip, we get to see a new replacement (his nephew Guano Joe), and
I think he did a fine job.
On our way
into Dinoland, we run into That Family, with a harried mom dragging a
crying kid and yelling "All right, we're DONE, we're going HOME."
We really do have
a knack for not pushing the kids,
probably because we focus on that. In four trips
now the only meltdown we've ever experienced was Serina's fear-induced
exit from the opening of Illuminations.
While
in line for TriceraTop Spin, Haley asks "Can I have the controllers?"
Well certainly
you can, it's your trip, so she and
Laurie sit in the front with me in the back. Most
of the kids have kept the car pretty close to ground level, but after
the initial liftoff and descent, Haley puts it right back at the top
again and then bounces it up and down up there, giggling the whole
time. We immediately get in line again and I ask if I can run the
up-and-down this time, fully expecting her tell me no way, like all the
other kids have. But
she says "Sure!" This
is one easy-going kid we've got here, what a joy. y
Though
this is Haley's trip, grandparents as young as us want to have our own
fun too, so we thought we'd ride Primeval Whirl and do the child swap.
When we did that
a couple years ago with Alexis,
they had all three of you go through the line together and then shunted
the child and a parent off into a holding area while the other parent
rode. I
thought that would keep Haley busy and give
her a good view of the ride. Now, though, they
let
one parent in line and give the other a FastPass sort of thing.
So Haley and I
hang around outside while Laurie goes
through the line. It
doesn’t take nearly all
of the 15 minute standby line time for the waiting to get pretty old
for Haley, and suddenly she says "Hey, I've got an idea. When
it's your turn to ride, is it okay if me and Nana Soccer ride the
dinosaur again?" Absolutely. Smart
girl. [FWIW,
“Nana Soccer” is a name
Laurie picked up when the kids were toddlers and she helped me coach a
youth soccer team.]
I
get to ride the Whirl with a 20-year-old British girl and her mom who
are first-timers. They
ask me what the ride is
like, and I tell them "it's kind of goofy, but it's fun." Then
for some reason (maybe weight distribution), once we started spinning
we never changed direction. On every corner,
we
just spun faster. By
the end of the ride, I felt
like I was on Mission:SPACE,
and the Brits were looking at me like "Why didn't you WARN us???"
Meantime,
Haley happily bounces her dinosaur on her third consecutive trip.
After her ride is
over and before I finish, Laurie
takes the opportunity to explain the second of our only two big rules
for the kids (the first is no hide-and-seek outside the room).
Laurie gets down
on one knee to talk to Haley and
beckons a cast member over. The CM comes over
and
also squats down so she’s on Haley’s level. Laurie
says to Haley “If Papa or I ever get lost, you go to anyone
who’s wearing one of these special name tags, because they
work
here. You
tell them we’re lost, and
they’ll help you find us.” The CM nods
as Laurie continues “And they’ll ask your name, and
what
will you tell them?” “Haley
Robbins.” “And
they’ll ask you my
name, and what will you tell them?” “Nana
Soccer.” “Well
my name is Laurie
Jennings, but if you tell them Nana Soccer, they’ll find
me.” At
which point the cast member tells her
“Yes, we will.”
We
make our way back up to the Asia
entrance to
stake out a parade spot, and I go back to get FPs for the Kali River
Rapids. The
return time is 7:00,
and it’s my theory that there are
more unused FPs issued for Kali than any other attraction. We’ll
be gone by then, but standby is only 30 minutes, so we'll ride Kali
right after the parade. Which Haley
absolutely
loves. She
thinks it's neat that they have the same
stilt guys they had at the Lion King.
While
we waited for the parade, Haley was noticing all kinds of people
wearing those special name tags. The other girls
really never commented much on it, but she’s quite excited by
how
many of those people there are. The Rapids after
the parade are great fun, Haley thinks it’s pretty neat that
I’m the one who gets soaked (I had an empty seat up-splash
from
me) and she stays relatively dry.
Things
are quite bouncy as we leave AK at 5:00,
it's been a great first day. On the way out,
Haley's quite excited to get an autograph and picture of some bear
named -- Kocla??? She doesn't have any idea who he is, and I don't
either, unless Fran and Ollie are hiding in the bushes. [
Okay, I discover later that KODA is from Brother Bear, I
haven’t
seen EVERY Disney movie;-) ] But in spite of
not
knowing who it is, she wants a picture and autograph, so who am I to
argue. Yet
when I ask if she wants to also get Chip
and Dale, who are right nearby, she says "No, I don't want them."
Can't figure her
out.
On
our way back to Motel 6, Haley shares with us that "We have a really
nice house to stay in while we're here." I guess
because we have a pool in our backyard and a Perkins next door?
There's no
shortage of things adults take for
granted, she's quite disconcerted when we enter the room and it turns
out somebody made our beds while we were gone. Apparently
they don't have bed fairies where she lives. Another
minus at the Motel 6, the pool is unheated. Laurie
and I only make it to Step 1, and 15 seconds there is more than we need.
It must be
kid-warm though, because Haley's loving
it.
About
5 minutes after she's in the pool, predictably, she has to go to the
bathroom. She
says "But I'll have to dry off before
I go in the room." Laurie tells her
she
doesn’t, and I wish you could see the look of total disbelief
on
her face. She
says "You don't CARE????" It's as if she
was on one of those family-swapping
shows and thinking "WHAT kind of rules do you people LIVE by??"
Tomorrow,
we move back home to the All-Star Sports.
Grandbabies
4.2, Blizzard Beach/MGM, 4/1/05
Laurie,
Don, and 5-year-old granddaughter Haley, on the second day of our
week-long post-Easter adventure.
We
had planned to spend the early part of today at MGM and the evening at
Epcot, and then visit a water park on Saturday, our third day.
We find that
after a shortish first day at Animal
Kingdom and a long second day, the kids need a break. But
the forecast for tomorrow is a high of around 70, so it will probably
be about 58 in the morning. That may be
kid-warm,
but we’re not water parking in that. So
we’re just going to switch days, since it’s going
to be in
the upper 80’s again today.
During
shower time, Laurie and I are discussing which water park, what to do
in the afternoon and evening, that sort of thing. Meanwhile,
Haley’s all dressed, lying on her stomach on the bed with her
cheeks in her hands, and finally gets to the point where she just says
“Will you guys stop talking and just get dressed.”
Many of the words
she says could be taken as mean or
disrespectful, unless you actually hear them and see her face as we are.
She
doesn’t have a surly bone in her body,
from what we can tell, and her statements are simply matter of fact.
It’s
really quite refreshing.
At
8:45
we check out
of our lovely Motel 6. Laurie has a
package to drop
off at the Animal Kingdom Lodge for a client, and then we’re
going to drop off our luggage and pre-check in at the All Star Sports
before heading over to Blizzard
Beach.
The girls have
their bathing suits on under shorts
and a shirt, as girls often do, while I’m wearing my swimming
trunks, a t-shirt, and sandals. We all have dry
clothes in a bag to change into this afternoon.
I
only mention our state of dress because we have to go through the
“security” gate to get into the All Stars, and the
guy at
the gate wants to see my photo ID. I tell him
we’re checking in (which used to be sufficient) and explain
to
him that I’m dressed for the pool and everything’s
somewhere in the trunk, but he’s not having it. Laurie
has her driver’s license handy and shows it to him, but he
needs
mine. I
tell him (I thought somewhat reasonably)
that the room’s in Laurie’s name, but
he’s not having
it. I
think about asking him if we can back up and
switch drivers (because they only ever ask for the driver’s
ID),
but I’m pretty sure he’ll be having none of it.
So I say
“Well it’s in the trunk
somewhere, are you telling me I need to pull over up here and go
through my luggage?” Yep. I
can’t believe going through customs into Hungary
would be this bad. After digging
through half my
luggage, I remember I put it in the shorts I have in the bag in the
back seat, pull it out, and show it to him. He nods
without a word and lets us go. It’s
not very
often I encounter someone who needs, more than anything else, a good
smack up side the head, but I’m sorry, this jackass does.
I
take care of stowing the bags while Laurie does the check in.
We always prefer
to be in the Touchdown building,
but we’re going to end up somewhere back in Tennis. We
stayed there once before (with Alexis), and it’s not too bad.
A
little after 9:30,
we’re on our way to Blizzard
Beach.
One big advantage
of staying on site is the food
courts, you can grab anything from coffee to breakfast very handily.
We got up a
couple hours ago at our off-site hotel
and Laurie hasn’t had her coffee yet, which makes me proud of
her
that she wasn’t as edgy as me at Customs. I
feel lucky that the gate’s already up as we drive out, if we
had
to stop for them to raise it, we might both have to produce passports.
BB
opened at 9, so there are quite a few folks in the park already.
Laurie and Haley
get a locker and stake out some
chairs over in the Tike’s Peak area while I get in line for
the
chair lift. It’s
probably a 15 minute wait
for the chair lift (with the girls joining me for the ride up), then
another 20 minutes waiting on top of the mountain for the Teamboat
Springs family raft ride. The view is
really cool
from up there, Haley recognizes the Big Tree in Animal Kingdom, and the
Expedition Everest coaster mountain is going to look really cool when
it’s done.
I
don’t care how warm it is out, that first good splash of
water at
a water park is … invigorating. Laurie and I
both love this ride, but Haley – not so much. She
doesn’t put it on her list of things to do again later.
Now
that that’s out of the way, we head over to the
children’s
section, Tike’s Peak. Haley surveys all the slides and such
from
below, and decides to go with the slow water slide, the one
that’s 20 feet long with a straight slope and no turns.
But she quickly
realizes there’s so little
water that you have to scooch your butt to get down, so
that’s no
good. She
immediately goes over to the regular
kids’ water slide and just loves that, running back to the
top
each time. After
about four trips, I ask her if she
wants to do the tube slide right next to it, but she has no interest.
As long as you
find something that works, you might
as well stick with it, even if it means running to the top and sliding
down about thirty times in a row, which it does. if
!vmli
I
think she may have tired herself a little from the running, because she
suggests it’s time for a Lazy
River
ride. For
those of you who haven’t been to either Blizzard
Beach
or Typhoon
Lagoon, they each have a Lazy
River.
(I know they have
official names, but for us
it’s just Lazy River.)
It’s
just a great big concrete ditch, varying
from probably 12 to 20 feet wide and 3 to 3 ½ feet deep,
that
meanders all the way around the outside of the park. No
drops or rapids or anything (though there are some minor waterfalls
that it’s fun to avoid or push people into). It’s
full of curves, so you never are seeing a very big stretch of it at a
time, which really gives you a sense of floating down a stream
somewhere. It
gets its flow from a few big
underwater air jets sprinkled about, and we think it takes about 20
minutes to make a complete circuit. There are 5 or
6 entry points, and you just grab an inner tube and start floating.
This
is just the ticket, for all of us. I try to get
Haley to test the depth and see if she can stand up, but
she’s
more than happy to just lay across the top of the tube and sun herself
like Grandma. We
eventually make our way around to
our starting point, and Haley immediately requests a second circuit.
(Cool, I
won’t have to wake Laurie up ;-) We get about
half
way around the second time before
she decides she wants to walk back through the pool to our base.
We forgot that
there’s constant wave action in
the Blizzard Beach
pool. It’s
not a lot, but it really is pretty
strong for a 5-year-old. (It’s
knee-deep
where I am, and I’m having trouble walking.)
When
we get back, Haley takes a couple more runs on the water slide while
Laurie gets lunch, then informs me she wants to try the tube ride.
“What
do I have to do?” Well,
you have to take one of these tubes by the handles, and carry it up to
the top where that girl will help you get started. This
is where I was prepared to put my foot down and tell her she had to do
it herself, but I didn’t get a chance as she grabbed the tube
and
took off up the path. She loves it,
giggling all
the way down, and does it 12 more times before lunch arrives.
She does comment
once, on about trip 5, that the
tube’s a little hard to carry, but never asks for help or
even
slows down to tell me.
After
lunch and a few more slides, we change our clothes and take the rental
car back to drop it off at the Dolphin. WHAT THE
HECK IS THIS??? THERE’S
NOT EVEN A GATE AT
THE DOLPHIN!! NO
CUSTOMS!! SOUND
THE ALARMS!! Apparently
the kind of folks staying
here don’t need the kind of protection from terrorists that
the
four-to-a-room high school football players at the All Stars need.
Drop-off of the
car is exceptionally easy, as the
valet crew out front takes care of the whole deal.
We spend a
couple minutes checking out the fountain in the Dolphin, then catch the
boat over to MGM. At
the end of the street on our
way in, Haley spots a Stitch she’d really like, and we tell
her
she can get it on our way out if she wants. It’s
about 3:15
when we get back
to check out times for the Little Mermaid and Playhouse Disney.
Each is 40
minutes away, so we decide to wander down
the street towards the Muppets. On the way, she
spots JoJo and Goliath, but doesn’t want either of them.
She is, however,
quite interested in catching Daisy
Duck further down the street. Unfortunately for
us,
Daisy’s CM friend says that the people already in line are
going
to be the last ones, because Daisy needs a little break and will be
back later. We
ask her if she wants to get Mickey
(indoors further down the street), and she has to peek in the door
before deciding she does.
As
long as we’re back here, we wander over and get FastPasses
for
the new Lights, Motors, Action stunt show that’s currently in
soft opening. They
have three shows today, and
we’ll be seeing the last. Even if
you’re not going to the stunt show, you’d be
well-advised
to know what the show times are, because you want to see the Muppets or
Star Tours while the shows are running instead of right after 3000+
people have been dumped out into the street in that area.
There’s
actually a bit of line for the Muppets, which we’ve seldom
encountered. We
always try to make this the first
3D show the kids see, because it’s the least intimidating.
Haley loves it. On the way out,
I spot Woody, Buzz, and Jesse and ask her if she wants to get their
autographs, and she says “Well not ALL of them!”
As we go around
the corner, she sees Kermit and Miss
Piggy, and really wants to get Miss Piggy’s though. They’re
signing (stamping) together, and I really was hoping to see how Kermit
would react to “Not YOU!” but the
ever-polite Miss Haley deprived me of that opportunity.
She’s
very interested in the robots in the Star Tours queue, we
don’t
recall any of the other kids more than noticing. The
ride, however, is one time only. We told her she
could just close her eyes during the really scary parts, which turned
out to be most of the first part and all the “city”
part
(the Death Star scenes). So even though
it’s
a fairly short ride, I’m guessing she saw about 40 seconds of
it.
We
messed up a bit here, we forgot about the parade and it’s
about
three-fourths over when we exit Star Tours. Can’t
even get close enough for her to get a look from my shoulders, so
she’s a little bummed. Once the crowd
clears,
we make our way over to the Backlot Express for dinner.
Lights,
Motors, Action is definitely worth a checkout; it’s sort of
the
Indiana Jones show on speed. (Pun intended.)
It’s a
little boring for Haley by the 10
minute mark, but like everything else that isn’t on her
A-list,
she hangs in without complaining. There is a ton of
skill, cool music, some cute setups, and the cast seemed pretty well on
top of the whole thing already. And 5000 seats is
a
BAT. I
asked the CM out front what kind of crowds
they’d been getting, and she said they hadn’t sold
one out
yet, but they’ve been close and most shows have been to
around
3500.
At
6:20
we get back
down to the Mermaid end of the street to discover that both it and the
Playhouse are next showing at 6:45,
so I guess we have to make a choice. And, just like
you would -- we choose Popsicles!! While
we’re eating those, we get to chat with three families and
the
grandma who are quite intrigued by our one grandchild at a time program.
The conversation
started as I was trying to keep
ahead of my rapidly melting popsicle when a 6-year-old nearly took my
ankles out with a stroller. I did the
one-foot
side-step shuffle, protected all skin, and never spilled a drop (or
even looked up, I guess). The mom was
beside
herself apologizing to me, and I told her “Hey,
I’ve got
eight grandchildren age eight and under, I’ve had a fair
amount
of projectile avoidance training.” I thought
it was kind of cute that as I described all our trips for them, all
three moms were ready to sign up but grandma seemed much, much less
eager.
Haley
thought the Little Mermaid show was great, “all except for
that
Ursula part.” At 7:15,
her request is “Let’s get
Stitch and go back to the hotel and swim.” This
girl has a couple little moves that we’ve found quite cute so
far, including a Fanny Wiggle. That’s
the one
where you put your elbows up almost to horizontal, bend your knees
slightly, and wiggle your butt. The first time we
saw it, we weren’t sure of the context and thought it was a
Neener, Neener sort of thing. But we understand
it
now. She
sees the Stitch we saw while entering the
park, and thinks it’s a little too big. (Now
this is barely bigger than standard teddy-bear size, so that seemed a
little odd.) She
wants to go inside and see if they
have smaller ones. They do, but
they’re
barely less expensive, so Laurie suggests she get the bigger one.
She goes back
outside, and as she walks up to pull
it off the shelf, she gets within about three feet, pauses for the
wiggle, and then collects her Stitch. So now we
know -- it’s the Life Is Good Fanny Wiggle.
All
the luggage we dropped off with Guest Services out front this morning
has magically been transported to our room. (I LOVE
living on-site.) We
find our room, which is the
farthest room in the farthest Tennis building. It’s
time to set up house for the rest of the week, so we each pick a drawer
(Haley’s is at floor level) and each put our own things into
our
own drawer. She has all kinds of questions about which side the socks
should go on and where the undies go, and we give her a degree of
latitude with which she’s unfamiliar, but enjoys quite a bit.
She’s
about three-fourths of the way through
unloading her little suitcase when she says “This is a lot of
work for a little child.”
As
Laurie’s getting ready for bed, Haley sing-songs to me
“Stitch is falling in love with someone, he told me right in
my
ear.” This
is such a fun trip. Looking
forward to Epcot tomorrow.
TR] Grandbabies 4.3,
Epcot, 4/2/05
Laurie,
Don, and 5-year-old granddaughter Haley, on the third day of our
week-long post-Easter adventure.
I’m
reapplying our rubber band stroller fix in the room this morning,
mentioning to Laurie that “I have to make sure things are
ready
for the occasionally lazy Miss Haley.” Haley’s
chipper response -- “Hey … I’m always
lazy.”
At
Epcot, we head to Test Track first, figuring we’ll get that
and
Honey I Shrunk the Audience out of the way first and then tour Future
World leisurely. The
standby line is only about 15
minutes, and as we’re winding through I remember
Lexi’s
question of “Where are the men to all these tools?”
Laurie and I find
there are quite a number of places
in Disney World now that bring to mind some past cute comment from one
of the kids.
During
the pre-test training video, Haley isn’t too excited.
She
isn’t protesting, but is clearly a little
nervous. And
she doesn’t enjoy the ride at
all. She’s
taking our earlier advice to shut
her eyes when it gets scary, and to her great credit, after she
matter-of-factly tells us she’s never riding that again, she
SKIPS through the post-show and out of the building. I
think the kids have figured out early on that we aren’t going
to
MAKE them do any particular thing, so they’re generally
willing
to try whatever we suggest.
Haley
can’t figure out why we’re in the sun and
it’s cold. It’s 10am
and probably in the low 60’s, and very windy. It’s
mildly uncomfortable, but we’re getting 9 inches of snow back
home, so everything’s relative.
Quite
the obstacle course laid out for us between Test Track and HISTA.
We take our
normal shortcut through Mouse Gears, but
when we try to go through the end of the other part of Innoventions, we
get right up to the door before we realize they have planters blocking
the inside of the doors and the section is closed. So
we double back and walk the long way around the end of the building,
but when we get to the path to Imagination, there’s a rope up
across it. We
can’t see any sign of a reason
for the rope, so I’m assuming it’s just one barrier
to
World Showcase that somebody forgot to take down this morning.
We duck the rope,
along with two families behind us,
who look like they also are hoping they don’t have to get
into a
discussion with their kids about the relative importance of barriers.
Laurie
thinks we should visit Figment before we shrink any audiences, to avoid
having two maybe-scary attractions in a row. Haley
really enjoys Journey Into Imagination. I
don’t know if she remembers it from her other trip or not,
but
she “tricks” us by plugging her nose before the
smell
chamber lets loose, giggling the whole time. We get
up to HISTA just as they’re loading the theater, so we miss
the
pre-show there. Haley
doesn’t like the show
itself at all, but not to the point where she feels she has to bail
from the theater. We’ve
been enjoying this
and the other shows quite a bit this trip because of the high number of
rookies that seem to be here this week. Between a
third and half the audience is seeing it for the first time, and that
newbie reaction adds a lot to the fun.
Haley’s
not impressed at all with the jumping fountains, but they’re
hard
to really “get” when you’ve got 20 mph
winds and
they’re all missing their targets by a good 3 feet. As
long as we’re up here, Haley agrees that seeing Figment again
would be fun.
It’s
11:00
now as
we’re in the Electric Umbrella for lunch, and the girls find
us a
table while I grab the grub. Haley spots a CM
cleaning tables (with his back to them) and says she thinks he has one
of those special name tags. He turns around
and
she’s quite excited to see that he does. And
she’s also quite proud that “I saw that by thinking
it
instead of seeing it.” As are we.
And
now comes that part of every trip where we spend some time shopping for
gifts for the siblings at home. (And of course
when
I say “we”, I mean Laurie and the grandbaby.) Maybe
it’s just because I’m a crotchety old grump, but
the
primary impetus behind this activity seems to be so that those left
behind don’t feel left out, but since every one of them is
getting Their Very Own Whole Trip, it all seems a bit redundant to me,
but maybe that’s just because I’m a crotchety old
grump. [Laurie’s
response to this is undoubtedly just
an exasperated “Men”.]
I
find a nice spot in Innoventions
Plaza
that
includes lots of sun and fountain music and no wind. At
some point, I had sort of closed my eyes like a pampered cat and let
the atmosphere wash over me, when I suddenly hear a little voice saying
“Sorry we took so long shopping.” Well,
bless her little heart.
We
were really hoping we could catch soft opening of Soarin’,
but no
such luck. As
I describe the ride to Laurie,
Haley’s telling us she’s got a headache, which is
her way
of saying “don’t make me go on that”. As
we make our way down to The Living Seas, we encounter another first for
me, a toddler with “squeaky shoes”. Sound
like a squeeze toy with every step. Much more
comfortable than a cowbell, I suppose. It’s 12:30
and we mention the possibility
of a nap soon, and Haley doesn’t seem to be unreceptive.
You
can tell she’s spent a lot of time at her dad’s
camp;
we’re looking at about a million yellow and silver fish
swimming
around the bottom of the Living
Seas
tanks and
she says “Wish we could go fishin’!” I
can remember our friend Joe accompanying us for a morning on a previous
trip, and saying he didn’t realize it was possible to spend
more
than five minutes in Living Seas.
With the
5-year-olds, it’s hard to spend less
than five minutes per window. (And remember, a
lot
of those windows look into the very same tank ;-)
From
about a room and a half away, Haley spots Dory. It’s
cute, they have one little tank (with a mirror over it so you can see
the fish from above too) that has a Dory, a Nemo, and a Marlin in it.
And I’d
never seen a real Dory-fish before, so
I have to give mad props to the animators for getting the fin movement
down so exactly.
Haley
reaches her own personal boredom threshold while we’re in
line
for Turtle Talk with Crush, and it’s pretty cool that
she’s
the one who recognizes it first and suggests a game of Simon Says.
At which Grandma
rocks, by the way. Speaking
of which, Turtle Talk with Crush so totally rocks, dudes and dudettes.
Definitely worth
checking out, if you haven’t.
We
walk back through Innoventions to send some emails, and since
we’re coming in from the outer ring instead of the plaza, we
take
our first trip in several years through the Sega room. This
isn’t the total progress-annihilating distraction for the
5-year-olds that it was for our two sons that we brought at age 21 and
12.
Haley
wants to ride in the Big White Ball on the way out, and we’re
treated to a running commentary of IRememberThis
IDon’tRememberThat the whole time.
Back
at the All Stars, Haley takes a quick dip in the “small
pool” (the wading pool), and then we settle in for a good nap
before we head back to Epcot for dinner. I should
point out that whenever I say “we” take a nap, that
generally means Laurie’s catching up with some on-line work
and
Haley and I are sleeping.
Our
nap is a little longer than planned, so we don’t have time to
do
anything at Epcot before going back to our dinner at
Germany’s
Biergarten. I
carry Haley around the buffet table
to make her selections, but get a variety of no, no way, ew, and I
don’t think so. So in the end,
the $8.99
Kid’s Buffet at the Biergarten pretty much comes town to a
5-inch
plate stacked a half-inch deep with applesauce.
After
dinner, Haley starts her Kid Stop Tour. For those
of you not familiar with that, there’s a special table at
each of
the eleven country pavilions. The child can get
a
poster board mask on a paint stirrer type stick at any stop, then at
each stop you can color it up with markers, the CM will add some dangly
thing appropriate to that country, and they’ll stamp the
handle
with that country’s seal. We have to find
the
stop first though, and Haley offers “We could just ask one of
the
workers where it is. I’ll
find one for
you.” And
she leads me into a shop and does
exactly that.
We
get to the stop, and she picks up her mask and begins coloring the lips
orange, talking to her mask the whole time and saying “I
swear
I’m not picking on you.” Outside Germany,
we walk past the model train setup, and that’s good for about
a
minute and a half. We’ve
spent well over half
an hour here with each of the other kids.
We
get held up a little on our way to Italy’s
Kid Stop because there’s a wedding party getting ready to
come
from backstage to the special Illumination viewing area across the
street. That’ll
be cool. Literally. There’s
still a 20 mph wind and it’ll
probably be about 67 tonight at show time. Wonder
how those bridesmaid dresses will look with sweatshirts.
We’ve
discovered what else is number one on Haley’s Disney list,
because this is about the third time today that she’s heard
drums
or a certain kind of music and said to us, all excited,
“It’s a PARADE!!!” But of course,
it’s not. We
don’t spend much time at
the American stop, but do get the opportunity to chat with the CM, who
lives in our region and gives us updated weather news from home.
(As much as
29” of snow in some areas!)
I
get another little slice-of-Disney-life chuckle while the girls are
making a bathroom stop upstairs at the Yakitori House. A
gaggle of 16-year-olds chatter their way up the street (about twenty of
them in all), and head up the stairs to the Japanese fast-food place
saying “Who cares, it’s food.” Apparently
somebody does, because about five minutes later they’re all
back
and chattering their way over to a more western civilization.
You
absolutely CAN NOT predict what is going to turn on any particular
5-year-old. On
our way in to the Japan Kid Stop, we
enter a little front room that has a statue of a warrior on a horse,
and if she hadn’t just stopped, I’d be afraid she
was going
to pee her pants. “GRANDMA,
CAN YOU TAKE MY
PICTURE???” Her preference
would have been to
be ON the horse for the picture, but I told her we couldn’t
cross
the chain in front and she was fine with that. (Good
thing she didn’t remember our rope-ducking this morning.)
We discover later
that her daddy took her horseback
riding last summer, and apparently she has quite fond memories.
The
Moroccan Kid Stop is a little more appropriately staffed than it was
the last time we were here, when it was run by an American kid who just
got transferred from Japan.
This at least
looks like a real live Moroccan. Laurie tells me
she spotted one little boy on our
tour who had a really neat idea -- on a back page of his autograph
book, he was having the CM in each country write his name in their
native language. Cool
idea!
Man,
I thought the food selection process with the little one was a bit
dicey in Germany!
I just made a pit
stop in Morocco
and heard a mom out in the waiting area explaining to her little one
“Oh you’ll like this one, honey, it has chicken and
almond
and nuts” and he’s got a look on his face
that’s
saying “Why don’t you just stop messing with me and
get me
the Happy Meal?”
It’s 7:30
now on the Saturday after Easter
and EVERY restaurant in Epcot is packed. I feel bad
for Haley, we’ve got an actual marching band going by in
front of France
and she’s way back in by the Eiffel
Tower
somewhere
at the Kid Stop and can’t hear them. I
didn’t realize she even heard it in the quick explanation
when we
started, but one reason Haley’s so psyched about the Kid Stop
program is that if you get all 11 stamps, you get a Special Prize.
(I’d
tell you what it is now, but that would
likely spoil the excitement for you.)
We’re
headed in to the United Kingdom KS now. [I should
mention I found my recorder on Day 2, and one of the joys of using that
is that when I listen to my notes when I get home, I can hear the
British Invasion and almost be there.] This also
happens to be the only Parent Stop on the trail. There
is a large, very comfortably upholstered chair at each side of the
room, and Laurie and I snag those in a heartbeat. Haley’s
listening to the music while she’s in line, and going through
what I can only think is some kind of color guard routine. Laurie
and I love a lot of things, but none quite so much as a happy child.
She would prefer
one of us to be in line with her,
but we’re just so danged comfortable in these chairs, so she
takes care of the whole transaction on her own.
Another
odd thing she’s jazzed about is the castle at the top of the
hill
in Canada.
She wants in the
worst way to go in and check it
out, but it’s all closed. As a consolation,
she insists on us taking her picture in front of it. As
a bonus, we get down to the street just in time to watch marching band
#2 go by, which she’s very happy about.
Walking
down from Canada,
we pass a guy who’s telling another guy that he’s
never
staying on-property again, it’s just too much hassle.
Laurie and I just
look at each other with our mouths
hanging open and then burst out laughing. He
apparently has never stood in the middle of 30 acres of blacktop in
spot 56 waiting for that hourly shuttle back to the Doubletree!
Now
we have to make a decision, because we’re at the front of
World
Showcase and our feet are very tired (notwithstanding our brief stay in
the UK).
Are we going to
walk all the way around to China
and finish our tour tonight, or get it tomorrow. We
figure there’s just about enough time to hit the last three
before Illuminations, so we might as well get it out of the way and
just watch the show from over there.
Mexico
and Norway
go very quickly, and then we get to the final stop in China.
I’m
waiting out by the front gate when Laurie
and Haley come out. She spots me and
starts running
and yelling, with this HUGE smile on her face, “PAPA, I
WINNED!!!” And her Special
Prize? An
8x10 picture featuring Goofy and a number of his friends! SCORE!!!
She’s
very proud of it, and later when I ask
her if she wants me to carry it for her, she says “Yes, but
be
really careful not to bend it.” It was all I
could do to avoid buying one of those portfolio cases in the art store
out front.
Haley
absolutely loves Illuminations, she remembers seeing it before.
She tells us
before hand that sometimes when
it’s loud, “I have to hold my heart”,
which consists
of clenched fists pressed against her chest, presumably to ward off the
vibrations that the big ones give. And she holds
her heart pretty much throughout. We hear about ten
Whoa’s, a couple of Wow’s, and at least half a
dozen big
giggles. At
one point, when a particularly swirly
display goes off, she says “Well, that’s
new!” You
didn’t know there were Disney experts who
couldn’t write yet, did you. We hear people
all the time saying there’s nothing at Epcot for kids.
Well
we’ve got a 5-year-old who would beg to
differ. She
spent a very enjoyable evening on her
“mission”, and after the Illuminations finale is
over and
the people are cheering and the lights come up, she nearly brings tears
to our eyes when she turns to us and says “Now
THAT’s why I
love coming to Disney!”
It’s
been quite a long day, even with the nap, and we end up standing on the
bus back to the hotel. She’s
very quiet and
looks like she’s as uncomfortable as we are, but
doesn’t
complain at all, just asks us to let her know when we see Blizzard
Beach
and
McDonalds so she knows we’re close. As soon
as we’re off the bus, she’s back chatting away
about
things, with not a care in the world.
We’re
all looking forward to our fourth day tomorrow, and our first trip with
her to the Magic Kingdom.
[TR]
Grandbabies 4.4, Magic Kingdom,
4/3/05
Laurie,
Don, and 5-year-old granddaughter Haley, on the fourth day of our
week-long post-Easter adventure.
Orlando
came within two degrees of a record low at 47 last night, so
it’s
a little chilly this morning. Haley wants to
wear
her blue sweatshirt this morning, because “I wore the pink
one
last night and some cold air got through it.” Laurie’s
in the shower and Haley’s telling me “You better
get up, if
you make us late you’re going to be in Big Trouble.”
I
know Laurie and I have had this conversation before, but we think
crowds might be light at MK this morning because it’s quite
cool
and we switched to daylight savings time last night, which is bound to
have messed a few people up. It was kind of
neat
that Disney apparently left every one of their guest rooms a phone
message yesterday about the time change. I told
Laurie the people staying offsite wouldn’t have that
advantage. “Except
at the Motel 6, where there
aren’t any alarm clocks to not set!”
Somewhere
on the crowded bus last night we lost Haley’s autograph book.
We thought she
might be upset about that, even
though she only had a handful of autographs. She
said “We can get another one.” Laurie
acknowledged that was certainly one solution. And
Haley says “I know they have them because remember yesterday
when
we went shopping they had them right next to those pink shell
things.” So you can
totally tell the
girl’s going to be a hard-core shopper when she grows up, but
at
least she’ll always apologize for how long she took.
We’re
walking from the bus stop to the front of the Magic
Kingdom
when we
hear Zip-A-Dee-Doo-Dah and her pace picks up and she says
“LET’S GO SEE IT!” We
don’t
quite make it for Rope Drop, but we couldn’t have missed it
by
much because there isn’t a very long line yet at Dumbo.
She
isn’t sure she wants to ride, but we
explain to her the concepts of very long lines and now-or-never and she
decides to take the plunge while I go get FastPasses for Pooh.
5-year-olds are
all about details, and she thinks
it’s really cool that the “ropes” in the
Dumbo queue
are gold, just like the decorations on the castle.
I
think I’ve only ridden Dumbo once, but I’ve watched
a
number of flights and noticed a pattern. Each
flight seems to include at least one adult giggling, and at least one
adult couple where the guy is unsuccessful at hiding the fact that
he’s on it ONLY for her. I don’t
remember which of those guys I was the one time I rode.
We
go down and get in line for the Indy Speedway, while Laurie picks up a
new autograph book. I feel honored
that Haley has
picked me to ride with her, seems she’s finally warming up to
me. It
also seems she’s quite anxious to drive
– every time the gap in the line in front of us gets as big
as
two feet, she’s yanking on me to close ranks. [Some
of you have grand ideas of ways to improve Disney World, but mine are
simple. When
I get to run Disney, I’m
changing the Speedway
so
there are several lane-change spots around the circuit and you get a
free lap if you beat a certain time.] Poor Haley
has no control of the car whatsoever, and we’re bouncing
around,
and she’s flopping around like a rag doll. But
we pass the green car three times, so it’s a great run.
Laurie’s
not much of a spinner, so it’s me Haley takes to the Mad Tea
Party. She
is in charge of the spinning, and has
the upper hand on the giggling, too. She’d
like to ride again immediately, but we gently talk her out of it.
We figure we can
do the Carousel and Small World and
Mickey’s PhilharMagic anytime, but we better do Peter Pan and
Snow White now, while the lines aren’t too bad.
She
really likes the Peter Pan ride, but can’t figure out why
Peter
isn’t anywhere in the ride! She’s
very
concerned when those bad guys have the kids all tied up, and is
practically cheering when we finally see Pete and he saves the day.
Definitely on her
do-it-again list. Snow
White isn’t quite so exciting, but she still enjoys it quite
a
bit. She
really wants to ride the Carousel, and
it’s right here, so why not.
We
head down to Pooh at 10:30
to use our FPs. There
sure is a lot of hopping and
skipping today. (And
Haley’s excited too,
har, har.) She
seems to enjoy the ride while
we’re on it, but has kind of a pout when we get off. We’re
not sure if that’s because it was too short or what, but
decide
to take a break in front of This Area Is Being Refurbished For Your
Future Enjoyment across from Pooh to rest a bit and de-pout.
Haley says
“When we get home,” (which
means back to our hotel) “can I talk to my sisters?”
So
that’s what it is, our first really missing
home moment. It’s
Sunday morning, so Laurie
says “How about if we call them right now?” Haley’s
the baby of the family, and there’s quite a bond between her
and
her 7- and 8-year-old sisters. Things are much
peppier after the phone call.
During
the Pooh ride, she waved to most of the characters as we went by, and
after our little break, as we’re headed down toward Toon
Town,
she looks
up at the big sign on the Pooh façade and waves goodbye to
the
characters there, as well.
We
spend quite a bit of time in Minnie’s house, especially the
kitchen. The
tour of Mickey’s house is more
of a zip-through though. And that leaves
us in
Exhibition Hall, where it doesn’t take a rocket scientist to
figure out which line is ours -- we’re going to see the
Princesses. The
line is the longest we’ve
been in yet for anything, a little longer than either Laurie or I are
used to or comfortable with. Haley, meanwhile,
is
singing and swaying without a care in the world. We
have no idea what she’s singing, but life is definitely good.
She asks me if I
want her to read the letters on the
front of her autograph book, and I say sure. I’m
looking around the room though and she must have thought I
wasn’t
really paying attention, because she rattles off A-U-T-O-G-R-A-P-S.
There’s
a slight pause before Laurie tells her
she forgot one, and she looks up at me with an impish grin and says
“No I didn’t.” A girl who knows
how to pick on Papa can’t be all bad. We
probably spend 30 to 40 minutes in line to see Cinderella and Aurora
and Snow White, which is definitely worth it, at least from
Haley’s perspective.
She
decides she wants to ride the Barnstormer, but when we get there
it’s a 20 minute wait and she changes her mind. Laurie
mentions that we have to remember to refer to the Barnstormer as a
plane instead of a kid’s coaster, especially if we end up in
a
Princess line with some mother helpfully pointing out that her child
was terrified of the roller coaster. Haley must
have heard this conversation, because I say something about the
“plane” later, and Haley says “Would you
just call it
what it is. It’s
the Barnstormer.” Well, all righty
then.
After
a short time in the playground, we hear our whistle and catch the noon
train to Frontierland. As we go through
Main Street Station, there’s
still a ton of people coming into the park. We pick
up FastPasses for Splash Mountain,
and head down to Pecos Bill’s for lunch. Haley
selects a nice sun/shade table outside, where we can enjoy the flowers
and birds while we eat. After lunch,
we’ll
get FPs for Big Thunder, use the ones for Splash, and then go over to Tom
Sawyer Island.
We’d
been over with the other girls just to
have lunch and feed the ducks, but think we’ll explore some
today.
Haley
rode Splash with her mom a year ago. She
wasn’t really tall enough to ride, but got in somehow.
She
didn’t like it. She
started this trip out saying she wasn’t going to ride it, but
Laurie kept telling her it might be different because she’s a
year bigger now, and “You don’t have to decide now,
just
think about it.” By day 2, she
thought she
might try. By
yesterday she had decided to ride,
and by today, she says she’s going to put her arms up.
Which (to my
great surprise) she does, on the very
first big drop at Slippin’ Falls. The bad
news is, that must have unsettled her enough that she’s in I
Don’t Like This mode the rest of the ride, telling us twice
she
wanted to get off, and ducking completely out of view for the big drop.
As we approach
the unloading zone, she turns and
tells Laurie “I think I should wait a couple more years
before I
ride it again.” Her
Dad’s coming in two
days and looking forward to riding it with her, so we’ll see
how
that goes. But
I love it, because even though the
ride bothered her, she’s skipping and laughing when we get
off
and life is still good. She wants to see
her
picture on the way out, and giggles quite a bit when I point out
white-shirt me, green-shirt Grandma, and invisible Haley.
The
raft trip over to Tom Sawyer
Island
is kind
of exciting, she says she’s never ridden on a raft before.
First thing we do
is take a walk through Mistery
Mines though, and she says “Oh, I remember this, I went on
this
before.” Must have walked
over.
This
child’s going to end up here for the Flower and Garden
Festival
some year, I swear, because flowers are what she’s been
pointing
out more than anything else. After having gone
through the mine, she’s quite nervous about the dark circular
stairway leading down from the Rifle Roost at the fort, but we manage
to talk her down. She
loves the barrel bridges
though, and really really enjoys the fact that Laurie is having a bit
of a hard time walking on them.
We
get back
off the island with just enough time to use our FPs on Big Thunder
before the parade, and Haley screams the whole way. Now
we intentionally sat in the very front row to make the ride as tame as
possible, but clearly it’s not tame enough. For
half of the first fast stretch, we’re thinking those screams
are
of the This Is Way Cool variety, but we realize pretty quickly that
they’re actually Get Me The Hell Out Of Here screams.
As we get to the
second lift and she’s
catching her breath, I tell her that there are only two more fast
parts, to which she sarcastically responds “Oh,
that’s just
great.” I
think the only enjoyable part of
the ride for her is the exit. As
we’re
walking down to the parade, I say “Well we found out one
thing,
Haley sure can scream loud!” And instead of
being moody or upset or anything, she just grins broadly and says (as
if I’ve made the world’s biggest understatement)
“Yes, I can scream.”
We
stake out
a spot across from the Country Bears to watch the parade and Laurie
goes to get ice cream, which judging from her demeanor when she returns
is roughly three and a half miles away. Haley
absolutely loves the parade, waving to every character and float as
they go by. Except
the villains. (And
really, if you’re going to act like Ursula does, do you
really
deserve waves?) The
parade ends, and we casually
make our way through Adventureland and the Main
Street
shops on our way to City Hall, where
Laurie needs to pick up some things. We get down to
the end of the shops at Town
Square,
and the parade is still finishing up there! In
fact, we’re standing pretty much all by ourselves and get to
see
about two thirds of the parade again! This time,
she even manages to wave to the bad guys, and Cruella waves back at her
and winks. Now
that’s big. And
Beast looks right at her and gives her the eyebrow bounce, and she
turns around with her mouth hanging open and says “Did you
see
THAT?”
While
Laurie’s picking up her items at City Hall, Haley and I wait
in
the shade down at the end of the building. Again,
the flowers and the birds are getting a great deal of attention here.
When
the
girls went shopping yesterday, Haley picked out some jewelry for her
oldest sister Elysia, sharing with Laurie the whole story about the
time that Elysia stole her mom’s rings. If
you’re going to send a 5-year-old for a week with us, there
are
two things you should probably know: 1) we religiously follow a
Don’t Ask Don’t Tell policy when it comes to your
family
business; and 2) 5-year-olds tell anyway. Haley
hadn’t found anything that she thought was right for her
middle
sister Serina, but somewhere today she saw Mickey Hands and knew they
would be perfect. Then
after a 30 second pause, she
tells Laurie “No wait. Maybe then
she’d
punch harder.” Ah, I forgot the
joys of
siblingness. Laurie
explains to her the properties
of padding, and they seem like good idea again.
Each day at
All Stars, Haley’s wanted a picture with the Mickey statue,
and
we’ve told her to remind us later. So as we
board the bus from Magic Kingdom
back to the hotel, she says “Let’s not forget our
Mickey
picture today.”
After
our
picture and a quick change, it’s swim time. We
think maybe the Baseball pool is closer to our room than the Surf pool,
so we start walking down the end of the complex toward it. It
soon becomes apparent that it’s not closer at all. As
we finally get down to the pool, Haley says (just matter-of-factly,
with no expression) “This is a very long short cut. Don’t
go this way again.” Yes, we already
figured
that out. She
loves this pool though, mostly
because the 3 foot deep area goes all the way around it, instead of
being just on the ends like Surf.
When
we get
back to our building, Haley takes care of the elevator-button pushing
as she has since we got here. We always take
the
elevator up, but when we go down we take the stairs right around the
corner from our room. When we go down
for dinner
tonight though, we decide to take the elevator down, as well.
That decision
prompts this puzzling exchange (from
the Department of Things We Take For Granted):
Haley:
“How do
we go down in the elevator?”
Laurie:
“We use
the same elevator we came up in, it
goes down too.”
Haley:
“But
where do we go?”
Laurie:
“Same
elevator, right down at the end of the
hall.”
Haley:
“But
where do we go?”
We’re
confused, and figure we’ll just show her when we get there.
We’re
almost at the elevator when Haley,
who’s clearly been rolling this over in her head, says
“Do
I push ‘1’?” Ah, so THAT was
the
question! She’s
been pushing ‘2’
to get to our floor all this time, without having any understanding of
the connection between ‘2’ and the
‘second’
floor, so she had to construct that relationship in her head.
Call me silly,
but I get such a rush whenever I
witness children teaching themselves something!
On the way
to the food court, Haley is on the phone with her sisters again.
We smile as we
hear her tell Elysia in a very
excited voice “I rode Splash
Mountain,
and I
was only one inch scared.” We’re
not
sure why tonight in the food court is different than any of the other
meals we’ve had here, but suddenly she wants to be sure that
we
not forget to pray before eating. Perhaps
it’s contrition for the “one inch scared”
fib.
At
about 7:00,
we’re
headed back to Magic Kingdom
with the
plan of hitting a few more attractions and hanging around for fireworks.
We’re
lucky enough to get to the other end of Main
Street
just as Cinderellabration is about to
start. [This
new hub configuration is much more
functional, and much less pretty, and I miss the pretty.] I
try to tell Haley this is a show that tells how Cinderella became a
Princess and got her crown, with her friends there to watch.
But I
can’t fool her, because she knows
Cinderella already IS a Princess, and that white dress means
she’s getting married to Prince Charming. And
they’re going to live up in that Castle. And
she’s going to have a baby. All righty, then.
She’s
very excited to see Aurora
(“I call her Sleeping Beauty”) and Snow White join
Cinderella, because she talked to all of them and shared hugs earlier
today.
After
Jasmine and Belle come out though, she says “That sure is a
lot
of princesses. I
hope there aren’t any more,
that’s enough.” She’s
spellbound
throughout the show, and almost in tears afterwards because she
can’t go up and hug them again.
We
make our
way back around the castle to the Carousel, and Haley wants to ride by
herself this time. I tell her we
want to be near
her, and she says “Well there’s a bench right
behind that
horse.” So
I sit with a guy who also has an
independent 5-year-old granddaughter, just one horse over from Haley.
We
start for
Small World, but there’s no line for Mickey’s
PhilharMagic,
so we pop in there. Haley’s
all excited until
we get to the glasses case, where she says, somewhat dejectedly
“Oh, a show? That’s
great.” But
of course, she absolutely loves it. We’ve
had the kids try to pick off some jewels on past trips, but this girl
wants to reach out and touch Donald, musical instruments, pie, etc.,
grinning all the time. And the giggling
when we get
splashed, oh my!
If
you
haven’t seen the redone Small World, you owe it to yourself
to
check it out. Yes,
it’s the same silly ride,
with the same silly Please Turn Off My Brain song, but oh my, the color
and the sound! The
load/unload room has been
completely redone, with much more to catch the eye, and very pretty.
The colors inside
are much more vivid, but it seems
to me the biggest difference is in the sound, which I understand was
mostly redone. It
seems to me the sounds in a room
are a little less jumbled and more localized, and it’s very
enjoyable. We
don’t hear much from Haley,
she’s just taking it all in.
It’s
time for the fireworks now and we’re out back by Pooh, which
used
to be our favorite spot. It’s
not so great a
spot with Wishes though, because of all the stuff happening right over
the Castle. We
give ourselves whiplash looking back
and forth from the Castle stuff to the main stuff. And
Haley is more than a little put out that she only catches a very brief
glimpse of Tinkerbell. On the bright
side,
it’s really cool (and a first for us) to have a child humming
or
singing along with most of the songs during the show.It’s
time for the fireworks now
and we’re out back by Pooh, which used to be our favorite
spot. It’s
not so great a spot with Wishes though,
because of all the stuff happening right over the Castle. We
give ourselves whiplash looking back and forth from the Castle stuff to
the main stuff. And
Haley is more than a little put
out that she only catches a very brief glimpse of Tinkerbell.
On the bright
side, it’s really cool (and a
first for us) to have a child humming or singing along with most of the
songs during the show.
Being at the
back of the Magic Kingdom
on a night when the fireworks are the same time as park closing is just
nuts. If
you want to wander for a half hour, that
might not be so bad, but Haley doesn’t want to,
she’s tired
and just wants to leave. So do the tens of
thousands of other people here. We move toward
the
front of the park, at not much more than a crawl. It’s
pretty bad when your big goal is to maneuver yourselves into position
behind the widest couple you can find, just so you can have a little
elbow room in their wake. We get to the bus
stop
and it looks like we might be on the third bus. We’re
tired enough that if there aren’t seats left, we’ll
just
wait for the next bus rather than stand. We do end
up getting a seat, but Miss Haley’s sound asleep in the
stroller,
the first time that’s happened.
She
gives a
few grunts and groans as we carry her on the bus, and again as we carry
her off, but otherwise sleeps soundly. When we get
her back to the room, we figure we might as well get the rest of the
moaning and grunting out of the way quickly, so we lay her up on the
bed and double-team the sneakers, socks, shorts, shirt, nightshirt,
sheets, Stitch, blankets… It wasn’t quite as fast
as a
Nascar pit stop, but must have looked fairly similar. And
she’s happily sound asleep.
We
had
planned to repeat the park opening Fantasyland deal tomorrow, but
we’ve toured hard for two straight days and stayed late for
the
fireworks, so tomorrow’s going to be a very casual sleep in
day.
[TR] Grandbabies 4.5, Magic Kingdom,
4/4/05
Laurie,
Don,
and 5-year-old granddaughter Haley,
on the fifth day of our
week-long
post-Easter adventure.
Despite
being up well past her bedtime last night and dead tired,
Haley’s
just a little too chipper for me this morning as she says
“Papa,
it’s time to get up, we’re waiting on you
again.” And
she’s even peppier after talking to Daddy
this morning, since tonight’s the night he’ll be
flying
down to join us. He
shared a day of his daughter
Elysia’s trip with us four years ago when our dates coincided
with the end of a cruise he took. Then two years
ago, he flew down with us on his daughter Serina’s trip and
spent
a couple days, because we wouldn’t have been able to get her
on
the plane if he hadn’t. So now, he
figures
there’s no way he can NOT share a day of his daughter
Haley’s trip. So
he’ll fly in tonight
(Monday), spend all day tomorrow with us, and fly home Wednesday
morning.
This
must be
the trip of losing things. Laurie wakes up
this
morning with fresh memories of a dream where her glasses were lost and
hanging on a nail somewhere. Sure enough, she
can’t find them, and figures the dream means she put them
someplace she never does. She’s a
bit
frantic, until she remembers that when she picked up the sleeping Haley
last night her glasses got so smudged she couldn’t see
through
them and she hung them on the front collar of her sweatshirt.
Which is right
where she finds them. Whew!
Haley’s
not only very good with letters and numbers, but also with orienteering
and knowing left from right. All the way from
the
room to the bus stop, she rides in the stroller and points with the
appropriate foot for each of our turns. But this
morning, we interrupt her regular route to take her down to play on the
big X’s and O’s in the courtyard in front of the
Touchdown
building. Both
her sisters stayed there, and
she’s seen them play on these oversized letters in each of
their
videos. (Around
our house, the videos of the
kids’ trips are known as ‘Elysia’s Disney
Movie’, ‘Lexi’s Disney Movie’,
etc.)
It’s
almost 11 before we get to the Magic
Kingdom,
and the
scene out front highlights the reason we prefer to get there at rope
drop – there are masses of people coming into the park.
While
we’re in line out front, there’s a
guy behind us barking orders to a group of six or seven, telling the
teenage kids which of them needs to go through the ticket line first,
hold your ticket this side up with this end first, the whole nine yards.
I joke, sort of
generally toward the group,
“Man, somebody’s had some military
training!” As the guy smiles
and says “You need
it”, the elderly woman with them leans over to Laurie and me
and
quietly says “Yes, and I’m about to go
AWOL.”
We
decide to
go over into Adventureland first today, and near the bridge Haley spots
Rafiki. For
some reason, she’s all excited
about getting his autograph this morning, even though she
didn’t
want to get near him at Animal Kingdom the other day (when there was no
line).
As
we
approach Aladdin, Haley’s eyeing the jewels in the ground.
She stops and
spends a minute trying to pry one out
of the pavement. After
giving up, she grins at us
and says “Sometimes, don’t you wish we were
magic?” As
the girls get in line for the ride, I run over to
get FastPasses for the Jungle Cruise. This show is
just always going to be a guilty pleasure for me. I
can’t help but grin broadly as I hear the announcement over
the
queue’s PA: “If any
of our passengers
want to exchange foreign currency, don’t worry, we have banks
all
along our river.” I have the same
effect on
Laurie – some things are so goofy you just have to smile ;-)
I
make it
back in time to ride Aladdin with them, and Haley loves it, as expected.
I mentioned the
spitting camel to her, and she makes
sure she keeps it way up there just in case. She
wants to ride it again right away, but ultimately decides the line is
too long.
We
visit the
Tiki Room and suggest sitting around in the back, but Haley wants to
sit “right up front”. And she enjoys
the show quite a bit, although she could do without M’Boa.
And Iago is very
rude.
We’re
on our way back to the Pirates of the Caribbean
now, and Haley urgently has to go to the bathroom. It’s
kind of cool to discover that she recognizes the word
‘RESTROOMS’ by sight, so she spots it from about 30
yards
away before we do. So I guess being
5 is a little
like going to another country where you don’t know the
language
– there are a few words you should learn to recognize.
We
have to
be a little coy going in to the Pirates ride, because Haley’s
developed an aversion to dark places and drops. The
hallway is a little dark here, and she has a pretty good grip on my
hand. She
doesn’t even want me to pick her up
to look through that dark window (at the chess-playing skeletons).
Apparently the
mere fact that I suggested it is
enough to make her let go of my hand and grab Laurie’s.
We see the boat
now and try to tell her it’s
like Small World, but she immediately asks if there are any drops.
We’re
not going to fib to her, so Laurie tells
her there’s one small one, and she says she doesn’t
want to
go on. Laurie
just keeps gently talking to her as
we move down the queue, and telling her she’ll hug her when
the
drop comes, and when we get to the boat she gets right in with us.
I tell her
(remembering her standard of measurement)
that the drop is only “one inch big”. It’s
a little tense at first, what with the dark and the wind and the Dead
Men Tell No Tales Orchestra playing, and we go over the drop.
We get to the
bottom and Haley says “Is THAT
the only one?” We tell her that
it is, and
she’s fine for the rest of the ride. At one
point, she tells Laurie “I hardly had time to
scream.”
We
go over
now to use our FastPasses on the Jungle Cruise. Our
boat has a Japanese guide, and Laurie recognizes him from her February
trip. He
wasn’t very good then, being very
hard to understand, and we’re tempted to wait for the next
boat,
but decide not to. Turns out his
speech
hasn’t improved, and he leaves out a number of the jokes, as
well. As
we get back to the dock, we do hear the guide in
the boat in front of us making the important announcement that the 3:00
parade has been rescheduled;
today only, it will be at 2:60. Our
guide’s
best line may have been unintentional -- after he told us not to climb
over the middle seats but walk around, somebody behind us obviously
does. As
we walk off the dock, we hear him say
“I already tell you that twice, if you’re going to
visit
here, you have to learn the language.”
It’s
time to head over to the Harbor House for lunch. On
the way over though, Laurie spots some grapes for Haley from the Liberty
Square
fruit stand, and then spots a foot
long hot dog stand nearby for her (the hot dogs are a foot, not the
stand). I’m
holding out for my traditional
happy meal inside. I’m in
line there with
Haley when she says “I want to go find Grandma.”
I tell her that
wouldn’t be a very good idea,
because then all three of us will be lost. “I
could just ride rides until you guys find me.” She
may be getting a little too comfortable here.
We
discover
after lunch, as we get the stroller, that we’ve lost
autograph
book # 2. This
one only had a few signatures as
well, but it had the Princesses. We backtrack to
the last couple places the stroller was parked, but have no luck.
She
doesn’t seem to be upset at all, but boy
is it annoying for us. Seems like
we’re not
the biggest losers though. On the path to
the Crystal Palace,
we run
across two 3-day park passes on the ground. I’m
thinking man, THAT could ruin somebody’s trip. But
Laurie tells me the new passes are name encoded so they can get
replaced. Okay,
so we ARE bigger losers.
And
speaking
of lost, one of us is. Laurie has to
stop at City
Hall again, and suggests we can just meet her out at the bus stop.
But I tell her
it’s no problem, we can wait
down at the end of the building like we did yesterday. It’s
one of those conversations that last about 12 seconds while
you’re headed in different directions, and both parties know
exactly what was said. Or think they do.
And to make a
long story short, Laurie thought I was
waiting outside and ended up outside the gates and couldn’t
get
back in (since I still had her pass from getting a FastPass earlier).
And I’m
waiting inside, wondering what’s
taking her so long.
Well,
that
fiasco’s over now, and we all really need a nap. After
which, we decide to go over to Fort
Wilderness,
since Haley was so taken with the horse the other day. It
will be after 6 by the time we get over there so we may not actually
find horses, but we’ll see. We were planning
to just take the first park bus we see and transfer, but that ends up
being an Animal Kingdom bus and the driver is nice enough to remind us
“You don’t want to do that now, the park just
closed and
the lines are crazy long, any other park would be better.”
So we grab the
next bus, to the Magic Kingdom,
and
take shuttle boat over.
Pretty
impressive that the ferry coming in at 6:30
is absolutely packed. Laurie thinks
with the new
ticket system, fewer people have park-hopper tickets and are trying to
get the most out of their single-park ticket when it’s Magic
Kingdom.
Also, today
(Monday) is one of three days this week
the park was scheduled to be open until 10 instead 9, and
they’ve
extended to 11, so occupancy at the resorts must still be really high
too. Haley’s
looking out the boat window and
can tell that’s real water, but has to ask for confirmation
anyway.
So now
we’re taking a very relaxing stroll up to the Tri-Circle D
Ranch. Haley
suggests that we try to find a horse we can
“borrow”. As we suspected,
it’s
too late in the day to borrow any horses, but there are quite a few
animals we can pet, some very very big horses in the barn, and three
very noisy peacocks who turn out to be all yap and no fan. A
couple of the barn stalls are empty, which makes Haley wonder if
someone borrowed them. We assure her
they’re
working, and head down for supper at the Trail’s End at 7:20.
We’ve
had breakfast and lunch here several times, but this is our first
supper. And
it turns out supper is all about the
color. Haley
likes the corn, if we can just get
that green stuff out of it. And the green
beans
look really good if we can get those purple things out. But
I melt when she hollers across the room with a big smile
“PAPA,
THEY HAVE GREEN JELLO FOR YOU!!!” Seems like
forever ago while we were waiting for our flight out and getting to
know each other that I mentioned my favorite color is green.
While
Laurie’s getting her dessert, Haley is filling me in on the
rules
of choking. If
you choke on something that has skin
on it, you try to grab the skin and pull it out. If
it’s something very small, you just drink and drink and drink.
I’m
thinking of having these rules printed on
napkins for our barbecues back home. Our friends
will be choking on little things all night! After
dinner, we make a slight detour on our way back to the dock, because we
see a horse standing in front of a cart across the way. Laurie
tells Haley, “See, we told you Luke had to work
tonight.”
We
boat back
to the Magic Kingdom,
walk in just past the train station, and find a nice spot on the wall
from which to watch SpectroMagic. Haley loves this
one as well (except Ursula), but she does mention that she knows Ursula
isn’t coming back where we are. We point out
to her that even Ursula is smiling, because EVERYBODY loves being in a
parade, and that seems to make sense to her.
After
the
parade, we’re on our way back to the bus stop at 9:30
and our little princess is
singing … Here Comes Peter Cottontail! (Note
to self -- If you take a 5-year-old the week after Easter, Peter
Cottontail will become even more annoying than the Small World Song.)
Because
we
were out in the front of the park, we get on the first bus back to the
hotel. On
the way, we get a phone call from Daddy,
who’s at the airport Mears station and needs to know where
they
should take him. It
will probably be close to 11
before Ty gets in, but Haley (who usually goes to bed at 8) is trying
stay up. I
give him a call from the room later and
he’s on property now, so I tell him I’ll meet him
in the
lobby. Haley
pops up all excited and says
“Can I go with you?” Absolutely!
So I throw her
sneakers on, she passes on a jacket,
and we’re headed down to the lobby.
Now
the
first day we were at All Star Sports, Laurie and Haley had walked down
to the pool and taken a wrong turn, which Laurie told Haley was a
“shortcut”. Haley’s
mentioned
this several times since as “Grandma’s and my
shortcut”, and it seemed important that the location not be
disclosed to outsiders like me. Well, on the way
down to the lobby tonight, I bypass our normal route and cut across the
quad between the middle of the Tennis building and the middle of Surf,
and Haley asks me “Is this YOUR shortcut?” Yes.
“Well I
guess since you showed me your
shortcut, I should show you Grandma’s. Our
shortcut is a really tricky one, though. In fact,
it’s tricking me right now, because I don’t think I
can
find it.”
Ty
comes in
one end of the lobby about the same time Haley and I enter the other
end, which leads to a delightful squeal-run-jump scene. It’s
quite a late night for all of us, but we’re planning on going
to
a water park first tomorrow (Daddy’s request), so we should
be in
good shape.
4.6, Typhoon Lagoon/Magic
Kingdom, 4/5/05
Laurie,
Don, 5-year-old granddaughter Haley, and Haley’s dad Ty, on
the
sixth day of our week-long post-Easter adventure.
We
would
have thought it might be a little struggle getting up this morning with
the very late night we had last night, but Haley’s up at 8,
eats
more breakfast than she has all week, and seems to have found an even
higher excitement level.
We
get to
Typhoon Lagoon and end up at a little overlook on the path in.
We pause there so
I can show Haley the wave
that’s coming. Of course (since
we’re
watching) we spend probably 30 seconds with no wave. And
we discover that the Impatience Gene has successfully been passed from
Grandma to Daddy to her when she suddenly turns and says
“Well
let’s just go down and get IN IT.” She’s
loving being in the wave pool with Dad, and with every wave wants him
to move about 3 feet closer. Eventually
they’re far enough out that the water is splashing a lot of
her,
but almost knocking Ty off his feet, and she still wants to go farther.
I suggest to Ty
that he short-leg the next one and
see how that goes. Well it
doesn’t go over
her head, but it does go over her face, and now they’re
moving
backwards at about 30 feet a shot.
We
make a
half tour on the Lazy River,
until we’re over between the other side of the wave pool and
the
kids’ section. There are a
couple 30 foot
water slides that empty into the edge of the wave pool, and a couple of
the older girls loved these when we brought them. Haley
tries it once, but ends up coming down mostly backward, and gets
seriously dunked at the bottom. Okay,
we’re
not doing that again! We cross the
bridge over to
the kids’ section (Ketchakiddie Creek), to see what they have
to
offer. This
is nowhere near as good as Blizzard
Beach’s
kid areas, as it predominantly consists of various apparatus with which
to spray water on each other. I think
there’s
a very limited age range that finds appeal in that, and it
doesn’t include 5. There
aren’t really
any water slides, but there is one tube ride, that seems a little
longer than the one at BB. Haley makes 10 or
12
trips on this one, and is more than a little reluctant to give up her
tube each time. (Unlike
the one she did before,
there are more kids than tubes on this one, so you have to give up your
tube at the bottom and wait for another.)
She
wants to
try that water slide by the wave pool again, and Ty tells her
it’s no big deal if she gets dunked, she should just hold her
breath when she gets to the bottom in case. Not
leaving anything to mere chance, she holds her breath from the time she
sits down at the top until she’s standing at the bottom.
Now that she
knows how to survive the ride, several
more trips are in order. When
she’s through,
Laurie and I take our Lazy River
back to our base camp, while Haley and Dad scrounge up a sand bucket.
And now
Haley’s playing in the sand in the
shade, Laurie’s lying in the sun, life is good.
As
we’re getting our stuff out of the locker to leave the park,
Laurie realizes she’s lost her watch. Not
your everyday K-Mart Timex, mind you, but an expensive silver and gold
Disney job that she fell in love with a couple of years ago.
What the heck is
it with us losing stuff this trip? She’s
had trouble with the clasp a couple
times before, and I wish I would have realized before now that this
could have been prevented if I had just wrapped five or six of those
little rubber bands around the clasp for her when she put it on.
Neither her
return to our base camp to sift sand nor
our call to Lost and Found later on is successful, and she’s
really bummed. It’s
a Disney sort of bummed
(where you’re 90% still having a good time), but bummed
nevertheless.
We
take our
bus back to the All Stars, change our clothes, and head back to the Magic
Kingdom.
This is day 6 of
7 for us, and Haley’s down to
the clothes she didn’t pick first. And as
sometimes happens to the baby of the family who dresses at least partly
in hand-me-downs, her shorts today are just a little too big.
After Ty sees her
hiking them up a couple times, he
decides to buy a belt for her somewhere on Main
Street,
but it can’t be done. (Men’s
belts with Goofy buckles maybe, but not
for kids.)
Our
priority
seating for the character dinner at the Crystal
Palace
is for 4:20. This
wouldn’t have been our first choice, but by the time we
locked in
Ty’s travel plans it was all we could get. And
I wouldn’t recommend 4:20
at all. I
think they begin serving dinner at 4, and
everyone gets into the line at the same time. And
the line stays very long until almost 5:00.
After that, you
get the newcomers rotating through
and the line disappears for the night.
Haley’s
very excited at the thought of meeting Pooh and his friends.
Laurie apparently
doesn’t want to have her
miss autographs with them, because I glance down at the table and see
we’ve brought the notepad and Bic pen from our room. (Good
Lord, I’m guest starring in ‘Ma and Pa Kettle Go to
Disney
World’!) But we do have a
strict
two-autograph-book limit on these trips, not that we’ve ever
got
past one before. Haley
has great fun with the
characters, and surprisingly jumps right in to join the Hurray Parade.
My companions are
having such a good time they
don’t even seem to take a moment to feel sad that I got
gypped
out of seeing Eeyore at our table because of a poorly timed solo entry
into the food line.
[N
o b o d y c a r e s a
b o u t t
h e d
o n
k e y L]
As
we finish
up with dinner, Laurie goes over to get FastPasses for Splash
Mountain,
which
will be good at 7:40.
Haley says
she’s not going to ride. Daddy says he was
really looking forward to riding
it with her, and her reaction is pretty much ‘sorry about
your
luck’.
We
meet up again at the Country Bear Jamboree. We see
something here we’ve never seen before, when a guy carrying
his
child comes out the IN door. At first, we
think the
child had to leave, but then a mass of people are pushing the doors
open and coming out. The show must be
over, and it
was just a case of one person going the wrong way and a bunch of others
blindly following. Haley likes the
show, but
apparently in a limited way. We ask her if she
liked it, and she says “Yeah, it was short. I’d
like to do
it again.” Laurie reminds
her that tomorrow
is our last day, and she gets to pick all our rides. “Well,
I’m not going to pick that one.” (Dumbo
remains at the top of her to-do-again list, and that will be first
thing.)
Haley’s
shorts are beginning to be a bigger (get it?) problem now, as
she’s sort of holding them up. Ty figures if
he can’t get her a belt, he’ll just get her new
shorts, but
those are hard to come by here as well. So
it’s Grandma MacGyver to the rescue again. She
scours the first shop we see and finds a set of three Mickey headbands,
each a different color with a little Mickey outline on one side.
Knot those three
babies end to end and you have a
nice $8 belt. (I
tell you, it’s ‘Ma and
Pa Kettle Go to Disney World’ ;-) Laurie
points out to Haley the Mickeys on each end and tells her it looks
really cool, and Haley’s quite proud of it.
She
tells us again that she’s not riding Splash
Mountain,
she
wants to ride the Pillow Ride again. We’re
used to the kids giving attractions their own names, like the Waterfall
(Splash), the Wolf Ride (Haunted
Mansion)
and the
Rabbit Ride (Kali River Rapids), but we can’t immediately put
a
handle on the Pillow Ride. Until she says
something
about the jewels on the ground. Now I knew
Aladdin
was supposed to be a magic carpet, but until now I had never noticed
that the sides of the car are made to look like pillows, which I guess
if I was going to design a magic carpet I would include too.
After
she bounces her dad around on Aladdin, we make one more attempt to talk
her into riding Splash Mountain
with her dad. She’s
quite resolute. And
Ty has always been as accommodating with his
girls as we have, so he just shrugs his shoulders, realizing that that
log has sailed. We
figure it’s a good time to
go see the Haunted Mansion.
Haley quickly
determines she’s not going on
that one again, ever, but is skipping fairly briskly as we head up into
Fantasyland.
We’ve
rarely seen Small World crowded like it seems tonight, and we think
that not only are some folks that haven’t ridden in a while
checking it out, but more people may be taking a second trip now than
usual. Haley
spends most of the tour pointing out
to her Dad the things that weren’t there when she came last
year.
She’s
extremely excited to show her Dad Mickey’s PhilharMagic,
“I
just know you’re going to love it!” They’re
just starting to fill the pre-show holding area, and we find a spot
down at the far end of the room where we can sit down and not be in the
way. Right
next to a group with kids whose parents
probably told them that sitting wasn’t allowed, no doubt.
I feel a little
guilty sometimes, but I get over it
very quickly. Haley
was right, her dad loves the
show, and loves watching her still reach for every duck and thingamabob
and musical instrument that comes our way.
We
get down by Pooh and the sign says it’s a 45 minute wait.
The line
doesn’t look nearly that long to us,
but we don’t want to risk missing the fireworks, either.
We definitely
have time though for a ride on the Tea
Cups,
and
Haley wants both me and Dad
to ride with her to spin more. Which we do.
And
she’s quite the little giggle-meister.
We find a
very nice spot outside the Tomorrowland Terrace Noodle Station from
which to watch the fireworks. She’s
criticized me heavily for making her miss Tinkerbell the other night,
so we’re in a prime spot to see her. Unfortunately,
because of wind or fairy union issues or whatever, Tink
doesn’t
make the flight tonight and Haley’s a little miffed. She
still loves the fireworks themselves though, and appreciates (as do we)
that you can see all of them from here while looking in only one
direction. She’s
such a little pro now, we
hear her mention to her dad at one point “This is my favorite
part.” She’s
sitting on his shoulders
and we see a number of yawns, her late night last night is catching up.
I look over at
one point during one of
Jiminy’s little speeches and she’s laying her head
on top
of his head.
It’s
not nearly as bad a trip out to the bus from this location, but once we
get outside the park I realize I’m not going to be keeping up
with Laurie. I’ve
got a minor knee twist
going on in one leg and a small blister on the other foot, so
I’ll just let them go out ahead with the stroller to get in
the
bus line. As
they take off, I hear Haley saying
“I’m not getting on the bus if I don’t
have a
seat.” Well
of course another 20 minutes in
the line won’t bother YOU, Princess, since you’re
sitting
in the stroller and all. Laurie was going
to get
popcorn for Haley during the fireworks, but the line had been too long.
So at the bus
stop, Laurie tells her she’ll
get some at the food court back at the resort, if Haley is still awake
when we get there. Our bus
eventually comes and Ty
picks up Haley while I fold up the stroller. As we
get almost up to the bus, Haley slowly picks up her head from
Daddy’s shoulder, looks up at Laurie with her eyes barely
open
and says, almost apologetically, “I’m not going to
make it,
Grandma.” And
she’s sound asleep before
the bus starts moving.
Our
dreaded
last day is tomorrow, and we expect Miss Haley will be taking us back
to the Magic Kingdom.
[TR] Grandbabies 4.7, Magic Kingdom, 4/6/05
Laurie,
Don,
and 5-year-old granddaughter Haley, on the seventh and last day of our
post-Easter adventure.
Well,
we’re all up early on Day 7, since Daddy’s getting
on the
Mears bus at 8:15
and we
plan on making rope drop at the Magic
Kingdom.
It’s
kind of hard for Haley today. She
isn’t crying or anything, but is sad that
her dad has to go before us. He gives hugs and
kisses and gets on his bus, and Laurie asks Haley if she thinks we
should get in line for the Magic
Kingdom
bus and
wave to Daddy when his bus pulls out. She says no
at first, but then thinks it’s a good idea. As
his bus leaves, Haley and Grandma go up to the curb where they can see
well, they wave goodbye to him, he waves back, and we prepare ourselves
for having to talk her into having a good day now. But
she’s all smiles and back in line, and all excited about
going to
the Magic Kingdom
again. We’re
good to go.
From
the
People Who Are Unclear About The Concept Department, some guy gets off
the bus ahead of us at Magic
Kingdom
and sees
the security tables ahead and says, disgustedly, “What, have
we
gotta line up AGAIN???” Yes, Grasshopper,
many times, and may they all be extra long, just for you.
What a
pageant the opening of Magic
Kingdom
is in
the morning! Even
if you don’t do
‘early’, you owe it to yourself to check this out
at least
once. Scoop
appears first on the platform, waving
and welcoming everybody, and tells us that we’re just waiting
for
Mickey and his friends to get here from Toon
Town
to open the
park for us. The
Main Street Dancers come out and
give us a little song and dance, and it isn’t long before
Haley
notices some smoke in the trees. Then we hear the
train whistle, and now the train is pulling in carrying Mickey, Minnie,
several friends, and the Your-Name-Here Honorary Park-Opening Guest
Family. They
all welcome us, and make quite a
production of sprinkling pixie dust for us. And
with that, the park is open and we’re headed for castle.
I’m
experiencing a little déjà vu here, as Laurie
says that
even though she knows we’re coming back in June with Caitlin,
she’s still a little sad that it’s our last day.
I do believe
she’s said this on the last day
of every trip we’ve taken from the second on.
Haley
and Grandma are riding
on Dumbo first thing again, and we’re having a great time.
She sits down in
the elephant with Laurie and says,
with a great flair, “I’m ready to fly.” I’m
down getting FastPasses for Pooh at the time, and get a little peek at
a five-page checklist a CM is holding that’s just for opening
the
Pooh ride. Pretty
impressive
While
I’m getting our breakfast OJ and muffins from
Scuttle’s
Landing, the elephants land and the girls head down to the Speedway,
where I’ll catch up with them. After I get my
stuff and start walking, I can see them parking the stroller down by
Pooh. I
must say, Haley has quite a skip on this
morning, and while Laurie’s skip isn’t visible,
she’s
definitely in her Happy Stride.
I meet them
after their trip around the Speedway,
which Laurie describes as a fairly rough ride ;-) She
was running the gas and would ease off now and then as a whiplash
prevention maneuver. She instinctively
reached for
the steering wheel a few times, and each time Haley would just gently
push her hand away.
We decide to
bypass the Tea Cups this morning and go back up to Peter Pan.
[Man, I thought
Laurie and I were bad, some guy just
pulled his family out of a 10-minute line because it’s too
long!] Throughout
Peter Pan, I’m pointing things out
to Haley, and every time I open my mouth she responds “I
know”. It’s
as if she were saying
“You think this is my first day on the job?”
As
long as we’re right here, Haley wants to ride Small World
again. She
really likes the big clock with the doors that
open up on the quarter hour and ring bells and such. Quite
often on Small World, I have to do something to ease the pain and
monotony a little. I used to just
whine to Laurie,
but since that’s NEVER been well-received, I’ve
taken to
selecting some category of objects to count. You
know, like heart-shaped objects, or stringed instruments, or animal
heads that look like the letter “V”. Early
on in today’s trip though, I realize it might be interesting
to
count the number of times Haley points at something. Final
tally? 27
points, 7 waves, and 1 blown kiss. (No idea who
THAT
was directed at.)
As we go
through the line for Snow White, we’re reminded that life is
all
about the little victories. For a 5-year-old,
it
can be a victory to go through a turnstile without having it smack you
in the back of the head. A victory that
apparently
warrants a great big smile and two thumbs up! I’m
a little surprised she wants to ride Snow White again today, it seemed
pretty scary for her the first trip. But
she’s in rapid head pivot mode for the whole trip today, and
seems to enjoy it quite a bit.
It’s
time for a bathroom break now, so we all head over to the restrooms
behind Pinocchio Haus. I don’t
know if I
mentioned it already, but we have a rule with the little ones -- when
any one of us has to go to the bathroom, we ALL have to try at the same
time. Saves
us quite a few stops, and there’s
no fuss made, because it’s just the rule. I
obviously get done before the girls, and am rewarded with a performance
by a horn quartet entertaining the Dumbo queue.
Since
we’re right by the Carousel, Haley thinks she would like
another
ride, so we do. At
this point, Laurie recalls that
she had parked the stroller down near Pooh this morning and forgot to
get it on her way back from the Speedway.
We
haven’t had it, and haven’t heard a
single word from Miss Haley about it. After our
Carousel ride is over, Laurie heads down to get it, while I take a
break over by the castle. Haley starts to
go with
Laurie, then Laurie catches my attention and Haley comes over to me.
It seems when
Laurie told her she couldn’t
ride the stroller back, she decided not to walk all that way ;-)
As we get
over to the wall beside the Castle, we can hear that Cinderellabration
is under way again. This is VERY
confusing for
Haley. “Why
is she getting married
again?” “Does
she still have the baby
in her belly?” I’ve
often wondered why
Cinderella never moves around very much in any of her autograph
sessions. Now
I know. She
gets
married, has a party, and gets pregnant, six times a day. It
must be exhausting.
We have our
traditional lunch at Pinocchio Haus, sitting by the windows overlooking
the Small World load zone so we can wave at the departing boats.
I like the part
where Haley waves, I’m not so
fond of the 100th
time she says “Papa, you need to
wave too!” She tells me she
thinks somebody
messed up, because she just saw “six green boats in a row,
how
did that happen?” Come on, people,
bad show.
And now
it’s time to finally see the attraction we hate more than any
other at Disney – the dreaded Last Attraction of The Trip.
Mickey’s
PhilharMagic gets the vote this time,
and Haley uses Laurie’s lap this time to get her closer to
the
‘stuff’. At this point,
she keeps her
eyes open for everything in the whole show except those champagne
bottles. I’m
not too proud to admit I shut
mine for those. It’s
not that they’re
scary, it’s just that they give me the same effect I would
get if
I crossed my eyes ten times in a row rapidly. And
it’s been a long time since I was in junior high and thought
stuff like that was cool. After the show,
Goofy
says “Hope y’all had a real good time”
and Haley
grins broadly and yells back “WE did!” I
think that exchange describes our whole trip.
We were
hoping to exit through the Castle (since I’m quite fond of
that
view of Main
Street),
but there’s another show going on. So we go
down the side, and the pro Haley recognizes it’s almost over.
She rides along
in the stroller, waving to the
princesses as they leave the stage.
We get our
Mears bus to the airport, wade through the longest Southwest line
I’ve ever seen, and have a great flight back home, with Haley
sleeping for about half the trip. This time, we
wake her up for the landing so she will have experienced it.
Getting into our
car at the airport parking lot,
Haley suddenly says “It’s not fair, you guys got
more days
at Disney than I did.” We explain that
we got
the same number of days, but she insists “Yeah, you guys got
more.” We
tell her she flew down with us, and
flew back with us, so how did we end up with more days. She
says in her best ‘duh’ voice, “Elysia,
Serina,
…” Well sure, if
you’re going to
count ALL our trips ;-) I’d say
she’d
like to go back!
We’ve
apparently had quite a profound effect on Miss Haley over the course of
our week with her. Her mom and dad
have both said
that she never talked much before our trip, and hasn’t
stopped
since. Sorry.
Next up
on the Grandbaby
Tour? 5-year-old
Caitlin (Laurie’s
baby’s oldest) in early June. Can’t
wait.
Back to
Top
Grandbabies
6.0, GAVIN, July 23rd to 30th
This report is very late. I hope it’s in the
category of
better late than never. Just pretend it’s the last
week of
July, and Florida Summer Hot.
A few years ago, we borrowed another Disney fan's idea and started
taking our grandchildren for a week at Disney World the spring before
they go into kindergarten. We take them one at a time so we
can
focus purely on the one child, which has led to a fairly busy schedule
this year, since three of our kids had babies the same spring five
years ago. Haley went with us in April and Caitlyn in June,
and
now it’s Gavin’s turn. (And Laurie gets
another bonus
this trip, with a four-day Disney College of Knowledge advanced agent
training program before the boys join her.)
This sixth adventure will be our first with a boy, and all Laurie has
been able to talk about for the last six months is how nice it will be
for her to be carefree while I assume the role of bathroom
monitor. She’s guessing our bathroom trips
won’t take
as long as her trips with all the girls, because boys don’t
wash
their hands. I can assure you, the entertainment value of a
soap
dispenser to a five-year-old has no gender limitations.
As with each of our grandchildren, there are certain issues
we’re
aware of before we leave and other personality traits that
we’ll
discover during the week that will affect the way we operate, and what
we do. Gavin is very energetic, to the point where
I’ve
even been known to call him a wild man at times.
We’re sure
we can manage that, but he did have a nasty experience once on an
earlier Disney trip where he got overheated and went into
seizures. His mom’s a little worried about that,
but Papa
LOVES the shade, so we don’t expect any problem. He
just
turned five last month, and about a year and a half ago lost his dad to
an accident in Afghanistan. His mom did a great job working
him
through that, and he’s as outgoing as his older sister was on
her
trip three years ago. We’re really looking forward
to the
week, and to getting to know him a little better.
Gavin’s house is about an hour and a half from the airport,
and I
pick him up on the way to our 7:15 pm flight.
(Laurie’s
already at Disney, for her training.) His backpack and
suitcase
are packed and he seems more than ready. His big sister (age
7)
is telling him how much fun he’s going to have, but it turns
out
she’s putting on a brave face. He hasn’t
been away
from home for an extended period before, and we find out later that she
spent quite a bit of time crying in her room that afternoon.
We start our road trip conversations talking about the attractions at
Animal Kingdom for our first day tomorrow, and he seems most excited
when I mention Tarzan. We talk about the Safari, and I tell
him
my favorites are the giraffes; he says his is the lion. And
that
big long snake. We have no idea what that is yet. I
mention
Kali River Rapids and the part where people stand on the bridge and
squirt water at you, and he says “That’s called
Splash
Mountain.” Okay.
And then our road trip conversations end, because about six minutes up
the road, he’s asleep. I think he’s used
up quite a
bit of energy today in anticipation. When I unload the car at
the
airport, he sees the umbrella stroller we always bring and wonders
aloud “Who rides in that, Nya?” (Our
newest
grandbaby, one year old.) He’s well past stroller
age for
any normal activity, but on this adventure, he’ll quickly
come to
love it. So will we.
He must have started to learn to swim this summer. My first
clue
comes at the airport in Southwest’s ‘A’
queue, when
we’re waiting up by the rope, your standard canvas strap type
barrier that comes about to Gavin’s chin. He asks
if he can
go over by the window to watch the action outside and when I tell him
he can, he walks up to the rope and without any comment or expression,
takes a deep breath, grabs his nose with his fingers, ducks under the
rope and comes up on the other side, releases his nose and lets the
breath out, and continues over to the window. If you can only
take one thing with you to Disney World, it should be imagination, and
it seems we’ll have plenty of that.
The plane we’ll be riding just came in from Orlando, and
about
twenty women get off wearing Tupperware Rocks t-shirts. Bet
THAT
was a fun convention ;-) Gavin’s excited about the
flight
but not nervous, telling me “I flew on a plane only once
before,
this is my second time.” We’re down in
the Carolinas
somewhere as the sun finally sets and Gavin starts chuckling.
“My sister’s in bed.”
We get to Pop Century, and he loves the big icons out front.
It’s way past his bedtime, but he’s quite alert and
even
bouncy. We’re on Disney Time. Laurie
meets us and
shows him through the food court and he wonders where all the
characters are. Patience, son. It takes very little
time to
unpack our suitcases and get our individual drawers set up, and then
very little time for any of us to get to sleep.
Quite an adventure we have in front of us, starting with Animal Kingdom
tomorrow morning. There will be singing and dancing,
wide-eyed
awe, and countless conversations with strangers. But more
than
anything, this trip is going to be all about ‘how it
works.’ We can’t wait.
Grandbabies 6.1, Animal Kingdom & Epcot
Laurie, Don, and 5-year-old grandson Gavin, on the first park day of
our week-long July adventure.
We never know quite how the kids will do getting up early in the
morning, because they don’t do things in this setting quite
like
they do at home. We let Gavin sleep while I shower and Laurie
gets ready, as she’s finishing up her training this morning
and
meeting us later at Animal Kingdom. When it’s
Gavin’s
turn, I nudge him a little and suggest it might be time to get up, and
he grudgingly says “Yeah, we probably should” and
trudges
off to the bathroom. This will work fine.
It’s a well-trained kid we have here; as we’re
getting
ready to leave the room he says “We have to make our beds
before
we go.” I convince him that will be taken care of,
and we
head out. It turns out Gavin hasn’t been to Animal
Kingdom
at all; the ‘big long snake’ and other things he
‘remembered’ must have been on the Jungle
Cruise.
There’s only one seat on the bus this morning, and since
these
are entirely new surroundings (at least for today) he has no interest
in sitting between two strangers. So our first bus ride of
the
trip is a stander, which for a five-year-old is pretty cool.
The first neat thing we encounter is a talking palm tree entertaining
while we’re in line at the AK turnstiles.
Gavin’s
quite impressed, and is of course trying to figure out how it
works. He gets only as far as deciding there’s no
way it
could be a person in there before we make our way into the
park.
We’re going to take a Kilimanjaro Safari first, and as
we’re walking back to Africa he wants to know if
it’s
scary. Not at all. “Does it go upside
down?” Let’s hope not. But
it’s nice to
know that for Gavin anyway, ‘upside down’ is
apparently one
fear level below ‘scary’.
In the Safari queue, we go through that little hut that has the
overhead tv’s, and Gavin is wondering why they have life
jackets
among the stuff up in the rafters. He really IS trying to
sort
this out ahead of time, isn’t he. Very reasonable
question
though, I should think, those must be for the boat tours. But
we’re taking a bus, and he enjoys the ride, on the edge of
his
seat and taking in everything. He looks a little apprehensive
when it’s clear that our bus is going through the river, but
it
passes quickly. You could almost see him thinking
“I KNEW I
should have brought one of those life jackets.”
As we get on the train to Conservation Station, Gavin wants to know if
you have to keep your hands inside. I say “Yes, why
would
you want to have them outside?” “So you
can pet the
animals.” He must think we’re going back
out on
safari. He’s asking all kinds of questions on the
walk to
Rafiki’s Planet Watch, most of which I can’t
answer.
He doesn’t seem too interested in the exhibits or other stuff
going on out here, though there are four times I see him waving and
saying “Hi, Stanley.” Must be a guy
thing. He
even giggles at one point because Stanley blew him a kiss.
The petting zoo is fun, but doesn’t last too long.
The real
fun comes when we get to the hand-washing station at the end
;-)
But we do end up getting both picture and video with Rafiki, Stanley,
and Pocahontas. My biggest entertainment is when
we’re
coming out of the bathroom, watching some poor guy come in with eight
single-digit-age kids. Now THAT could be a project!
Laurie’s work is done, so she joins us now for early lunch at
PizzaFari. They don’t have the lunch coupon things
we used
to buy anymore, now that they have the new dining plan. But
since
there aren’t any table service restaurants in Animal Kingdom,
our
Disney Dining card will get us a 20% discount here anyway.
After a nice casual air-conditioned lunch, a leisurely walk will get us
down to Camp Minnie-Mickey in time for the next Festival of the Lion
King. We end up in the warthog section, but Gavin has no
intention of making the warthog sound or motions when it’s
our
turn. He loves this show though, he’s up on his
toes the
whole time. He’s full of hows and whys, wanting to
know how
the (mechanical) giraffe works, how does the stilt guy get so tall, and
how does he get up on them. (I’m picturing a
five-foot-high
chair, but that’s probably not right.)
After the show, he’s quite excited about getting his picture
taken with Chip and Dale, and then Goofy. His first comment
about
Goofy is that he has very long legs. With the image of the
stilt
guys fresh in his mind, he adds “And they’re his
real
legs!!” He then notices Goofy’s
outdoorsman gear, and
wishes he’d brought his hiking boots so he could go hiking
with
him. (Recently, Uncle Ty took his three girls, Gavin and his
sister, and a friend to WalMart and bought them all hiking shoes, to
use on a number of cheap outdoor adventures this summer.
Laurie’s still bummed that she didn’t have her
camera with
her when Ty and the six kids, age 4-8, came out of the store in a long
column like ducks, each carrying their new shoe box.)
We make our way over to Dinoland, and decide that it’s too
hot
for Gavin to play in the Boneyard playground. He
wouldn’t
be able to stay below full speed, and we think a seizure might make the
trip less fun. He must have missed Laurie this morning,
because
he’s pretty much hanging all over her as we get in line for
Triceratops Spin. She discovers a way to stop the hanging on
though – just start dancing to the background music, and he
drops
you like a hot rock.
One ride on the Spin is enough, he doesn’t really care that
much
about it. He’s much more interested in the two
dinosaur
characters walking around, which are certainly not to be confused with
the dearly and recently departed Lucky. These look more like
costumes you’d see in a 3rd grade play. I guess
they fit in
with the general dorkiness out here in Chester and Hester land, but
none of it fits in with a Disney park, in our opinion. He
thinks
the Primeval Whirl would be really cool, but you have to be
48”
for that and he comes in at just 44”.
Gavin figures there’s no reason to wait 80 years to use the
Clapper. We’re walking along with him in the
stroller and
we see him clap twice loudly. It seems a bit odd, but we
really
don’t think much about it until we see it the second
time.
He’s clapping when Laurie has to slow down for someone in
front
of us, to get them to move out of the way. Oh no you
di’int!! Fortunately, we can both keep a straight
face
while correcting abysmal behavior, but it’s really hard
sometimes. The Clapper is immediately retired.
We were going to see the Tarzan show (since Gavin seemed excited about
that) and then ride Kali River Rapids, but it’s so unbearably
hot
that we unanimously decide to go back to Pop Century and hit the
pool. While Gavin’s changing into his trunks in the
bathroom, he’s just singing away. We
can’t recognize
the song, but he’s clearly having a good time. We
ask him
what the song was, and he tells us it’s a song his sister has
on
a CD, and he can’t sing all of it because there’s
bad words
in it, but his sister and her friend sing all of it, even with the bad
words.
Gavin lies down on the bed while I’m getting changed and is
asleep before I get done, so I guess we’ll do naps before
pool. He really does have only two speeds ... full and
off.
Everybody takes a little nap, with mine being a bit shorter because I
haven’t finished Harry Potter yet and find it hard to put
down.
At the pool, Gavin impresses us with his new-found water skills;
he’s quite the little swimmer. Laurie’s
showing him
how to float on his back, and he’s a very eager
student.
After a bit, Laurie comes over to me and asks if she has staples in her
eyes. Apparently Gavin thinks she does, looking at the
remnants
of the non-water-proof mascara she used this morning. We ask
Gavin how long he wants to swim, and he tells us “13
minutes.” That sounds about right to us, so we wait
until
we get to the 5-minute mark and give him our standard minute-by-minute
countdown. When time is up he’s clearly ready to
go,
hopping out of the pool and saying “Let’s go to the
park
and ride some rides!”
We make a very casual trip over to Epcot, where I experience another
first, at least with our grandkids – it’s ME making
the
urgent bathroom trip with the grandbaby instead of Laurie. It
turns out she’s right. It IS more fun to be the one
hanging
around outside ;-)
We ride Spaceship Earth first and Gavin tells Grandma five times during
the ride that it’s not scary at all, so it certainly seems
like
he’s trying to convince himself. After letting him
know
that everything inside Spaceship Earth is ‘not
real’, she
has a bit of a job convincing him that the fountain in the plaza IS
real. It’s out here in the plaza that he has his
very first
episode of pin trading. None of the other kids showed much
interest in pins at all, and I’m secretly hoping he finds
them as
boring as I do. I’m not sure why Laurie decided to
launch
into a pin program this trip, but it probably had something to do with
getting a pin-and-lanyard free with our Magical Express
stuff.
Evil Disney.
At 7:45, all of the Imagination building is closed for the day, so
we’ll just have supper at the Electric Umbrella.
Now when
we had lunch today at PizzaFari, Gavin cleared the table for us, mostly
because we like to burn off bits of that huge amount of excess energy
in as constructive a way as possible. I jokingly told him to
not
throw the tray away with all the papers, which earned me a little
eye-roll and a very ‘duh’ sounding “I
know, not the
tray.” After dinner tonight though, he clears up
again. We happen to look over at the trash can in time to see
him
with a severe “OH, NO” look on his face and his arm
fully
inside the door of the bin, saying “It went!”
We make one more trip through Spaceship Earth before we go. I
thought we were going to beat the Illuminations rush out of the park,
but Laurie has to stop and do some more pin-trading with Gavin just
outside the gates. And it seems fairly urgent to him as soon
as
she suggests it. He’s in the middle of a phone call
with
his Mom as we go out the gates, and as soon as Laurie mentions the pin
station, he simply folds the phone up and goes to work. I
guess
Mom will figure out that the silence includes an implied
“Goodbye.” Our first day was a blast,
can’t
wait for MGM tomorrow.
Grandbabies 6.2, MGM & Epcot
Laurie, Don, and 5-year-old grandson Gavin, on the second day of our
week-long July adventure.
We’re right on schedule this morning getting into MGM a few
minutes before rope drop. All of us had a good
night’s
sleep and are fully charged. We wander up through the shops
on
the left side of the street, picking up a Times Guide and some mints
and some apparently critical Buzz Lightyear sunglasses on the
way. We end up in the farthest door of the shop just before
rope
drop, nearly at the head of the line.
The Times Guide is probably more important at MGM than any other park,
partly because so many of the attractions are shows, but also because
they seem to have a more varied starting schedule than attractions
elsewhere. Little Mermaid has three different
‘first
show’ times, depending on the day of week, sometimes starting
at
the same time as Playhouse Disney and sometimes later. The
Great
Movie ride is open already though, so our plan is to see that, then the
Mermaid, then the Playhouse.
As soon as we walk into the front room of The Great Movie Ride, Gavin
issues an awe-struck “WOW!!!” We never do
find out
precisely what that’s about, but the place is clearly
impressive
to him. The queue can be hazardous for a five-year-old,
though. The railing is at ear-level for poor Gavin, and since
he
has to watch all those movies while walking through the line just like
we do, he racks his shoulder on about five of the posts before
we’re through. The ride itself isn’t
nearly as
impressive for him as the front room was. That’s
not
surprising, since the only movie depicted here that he’s
familiar
with is The Wizard of Oz. (That’s his big
sister’s
favorite, so he’s seen it a hundred times. His
favorite
movie is Shrek, and I doubt we’ll see much of that here.)
We’re probably just in time for the Little Mermaid, but
Playhouse
Disney is loading right now as well, and that only runs once an
hour. Gavin enjoys the show here, but we’ve decided
that
four must be the age where you reach your peak, dancing-wise.
He’s clearly past that, and scoffs at the notion.
But he
knows all the songs and energetically sings along, clearly a man after
my own heart. He has quite a bit of sport breaking the
bubbles,
too.
The Voyage of the Little Mermaid is one of our favorites here, and
Gavin likes it a lot too. He wants to know how Ariel can
breathe
under water, and whether Bruce (the shark from Finding Nemo) is
Ariel’s friend. I tell him he needs to be quiet
during the
show, mostly so I don’t have to make any guesses as to the
level
of Bruce and Ariel’s interaction. There’s
bubble-breaking here as well, and we get a resounding “Woo
Hoo!” from him after Sebastian sings “Under the
Sea.” He’s also instantly fond of the dog
at the end,
who’s quite energetic himself this morning.
We make a potty stop after the show, and I catch a little guff for
using the short sink and towel dispenser. Those are
‘his’, and I’m supposed to be using the
tall
ones. I suppose I’ll catch on eventually.
It’s
quite breezy out by the Big Hat this morning, and we’re
briefly
entertained by a couple kids laughing and chasing their stroller across
the plaza while the wind carries it like a sail. At the other
end
of the street, Gavin’s ready for his first autograph of the
trip,
with Sully (the overgrown star of Monsters, Inc. No prissy
princesses for this boy, it seems). Unfortunately, they shut
the
line down just as we get there, with Sully going backstage and his
handler reading the riot act to three 20-somethings (two girls and a
guy) who had been getting their picture taken. As near as we
could tell, there had been some inappropriate touching, and the
offenders were well on their way to being escorted out of the
park. It isn’t long though, before Sully returns,
fully
composed, and we get our autograph and picture.
We take a brief break near Ellen’s bookstore, and
Gavin’s
very energized as he looks over at the Star Tours entrance.
We
initially think he remembers it from his earlier trip or his big
sister’s ‘Disney movie’ (our video of her
trip), but
it turns out he’s spotted a kid over by the
you-must-be-this-tall
measuring stick. He wants in the worst way to go see if
he’s tall enough, and is really pumped to find he
is. "And
I wasn't even on my tippy-toes this time!!" Who cares what
the
ride is, if I'm tall enough, I'm riding! We’ll get
to it in
a bit, hon. We’ve never had any of the kids whine
to do a
particular thing ‘right now’, because there are so
many
things to do and they discover early on that if we say we’ll
do
something later, we will.
The Backlot Express doesn't serve lunch until 11:30, so we're going to
Muppets first. He really likes the 3-D movie, but man, what a
wiggle-worm! Glasses up, down, checking out the walls and
ceiling, sitting back, up on the front of his seat. It
sometimes
tires me out just watching him.
I'm not sure why, but every 6-year-old and under kid you see dropping
his 3-D glasses into the bin has to pause to look down into the
bin. Can't imagine what they think they might see.
Gavin spots a bathroom and decides we better stop, launching a
preemptive strike on the way in so that I’ll get to the right
sink and towel dispenser when it's time. We have lunch at the
Backlot Express, out by the windows so we can watch people going in to
Star Tours.
It’s kind of cute that he waves to each of the robots in the
Star
Tours queue. Two-thirds of the way through the ride, he asks
me
"Why do we have to have seat belts?" Well, I guess we haven't
been upside down or actually hit anything, so it does seem a bit of
overkill. On the other hand, if he's used to rides that are
even
rougher than that, we may need to have a little talk with his Mom about
her driving.
It's 1:00 and sweltering, and we don't think Gavin can stretch his
attention span to cover either the Lights, Motors, Action stunt show or
the Beauty and the Beast show. He's got a very bad case of
happy
feet right now, so we need to get back to the hotel for the hot part of
the day and get in a little pool and nap time.
Back in the room, getting changed for our swimming, Gavin shares with
me that my socks look dorky. I'm not sure, but I think this
makes
me six-for-six on grandkids dissing some article of my
clothing.
I used to attribute it to the unrefined tastes of five-year-olds, but
I'm starting to think it might be me. He makes friends with
another five-year-old in the pool, this one just getting the hang of
swimming with the floaties on his arms. In contrast, Gavin
wants
me to take him on my back out to the five-foot part of the pool, and
them promptly just jumps off. Okay, I see how it works.
After our extended pool time and a very long nap, we’re going
to
Epcot again, this time to check out World Showcase and the Kid
Stops. (You know, the stations in each of the country
pavilions
where the little ones can get and decorate a cardboard mask on a paint
stirrer handle and avoid the boredom of ‘the
shops’.)
We decide on a clockwise tour today, so we can start out with the two
pavilions that have the only actual rides back here. Walking
down
the ramp to the ride in Mexico, Gavin sees that it's a boat we'll be
riding and wants to know "Do we get wet here?" The look on
his
face indicates that ‘yes’ might be a better answer
than
‘no’. He enjoys the ride, but
isn’t quite so
crazy about the Norway ride next door, what with the thunder and
lightning and all.
We get our first wide-eyed "Awwwwesommmme" of the trip at the China
pavilion. Not for any of the cool architecture, nor for the
acrobats (they don’t perform until later).
It’s in
the outdoor shop back by the Kid Stop, where he sees a very ornate
sword for sale. No. Just ... no.
We’re just sitting down for dinner at the Biergarten in
Germany
and Gavin is watching the band play, when he suddenly turns to Laurie
and gives her his best Warthog. I guess he finally decided it
was
okay. We get our food and are nearly back to our table when
he
starts to dance to the music. I couldn't really describe the
dance, other than to say it's the only dance I've seen that fits well
with a tuba. After dinner, I’ve eaten enough that
it
actually hurts a little to stand up or walk. They say
repetition
is an excellent teacher, but this is my fifth or sixth time at the
buffet here and I just don’t seem to be getting the gist of
the
lesson.
People-watching is fun anywhere, but more so at Disney. While
I’m waiting out in the plaza for Gavin and Grandma to finish
up
at the Kid Stop in Italy, a dad points out to his kids a statue they
just passed and says "Hey kids, look, it's Hercules. Or
Zeus. Or ... who the hell is that, Diane?" At the
American
pavilion Kid Stop (which I think will be our last one, since he's
showing no interest at all), he spots a CM wearing a Leo lion pin and
urgently says "Grandma, where's my pins, I gotta trade her, I gotta get
that one." And we apparently don't need Grandma for the
actual
transaction anymore, this time he walks up to the CM by himself while
we're a few feet away and asks her if he can trade. And now
it's
his, and he's one happy camper. As we're leaving the area, he
remembers that his mask is not well attached to the stick and that "she
had duck tape there, I'm going to ask her to fix it." Now to
you
and me, what she has is masking tape, but if the little redneck wants
‘duck’ tape fixing his mask, who are we to
argue. And
once again, he takes care of the entire transaction on his own with us
thirty feet out into the plaza, from the very polite request for
assistance to the cheery "Thanks" with which all transactions should be
closed.
We’re about done with our circuit for the night, since we
want to
go back over to Germany to get an upwind Illuminations viewing
spot. (Laurie has no intention of repeating her smoke and ash
shower of the other night, when her Disney training group watched from
a ‘special’ viewing area that turned out to be
directly
downwind.) But we HAVE to continue just a little bit farther,
until we get to the Kaki Gori stand. To make sure all that
color
goes in us instead of on us, we decide to just sit on the stone wall in
the shade to enjoy them. These little stops are so much fun,
when
we get the chance to just kick back and laugh and share our assessments
of all the things we’ve seen and done.
As we head back up the hill toward the American pavilion, I
can’t
help but think of our friend John. He was quite amused on a
previous trip when I couldn't talk Caitlyn into pushing the stroller up
hills. Well John, my evil plan is working quite well this
time,
as Gavin is more than happy to push up the hills.
It’s a
very good thing too, because he must be at least twenty pounds heavier
than she was.
Somewhere between the Outpost and Germany, we spend a good 15 minutes
with a whole bunch of other people watching a tree frog.
Judging
from the expressions on all the faces in our little crowd I’d
say
this is one of those attractions that’s ‘fun for
all
ages’.
On our way past Germany, Gavin says “Hey, there’s a
train
robber!” More of a 'train stealer' I think, it's a
CM who's
taking the train in for the night. We all enjoy
Illuminations,
and then make a quick bathroom stop in Germany. Climbing back
into the stroller, Gavin announces "I want to go home now."
Well,
certainly. We're all a little tired, and this one has never
fought that or failed to acknowledge it. (Back when he could
first talk in sentences, he had no problem asking "Mommy, can I go to
bed now?") We aim to please.
We get to the Pop Century bus stop and are able to get on the fourth
bus that arrives. We talk about the day, and though
he’s
tired, he’s still having fun reliving our
activities. We
all manage to get seats on the bus, but Gavin climbs on my lap to let
someone have his seat, and almost falls asleep before we get back to
the hotel. Tomorrow will be a relaxed day at the water park,
as
we’ve discovered that three straight days of the theme parks
tends to burn the little ones out quite a bit.
Gavin’s very
much looking forward to the water park, as are we.
Grandbabies 6.3, Blizzard Beach & Magic Kingdom
Laurie, Don, and 5-year-old grandson Gavin, on the third day of our
week-long July adventure.
Gavin wakes me up early this morning, wondering if Mickey or Stitch has
called yet. Grandma’s in the shower, so
I’m guessing
they did. But suddenly, the phone rings and I’m
treated to
Gavin’s end of the conversation. “Hello
... Hi,
Mickey ... Hi, Stitch ...” followed by a long
pause. After
hanging up, he looks at me and says “Well that was
weird.
They just keep talking and don’t talk back to
you!”
Then there’s a brief and jovial argument over whose turn is
next
for the shower. I declare that the order should be
Grandma-Gavin-Papa, the same order we go on the rides. But he
runs over to my bed, jumps up on it, onto me, then rolls over me and
declares “No, it’s whoever’s closest to
the bathroom,
and that’s you.” Foiled again.
Not only do I get bathroom duty with the boy, but I get shower duty
too. Which has its cool moments, such as when Gavin takes
some
shampoo out of the Mickey bottle this morning and wonders if it will
make him smell like Mickey. Yes, I think it
will.
We’ve found with the other kids that after two park days,
they
really need a ‘day off’ at a water park to relax,
so this
is mainly going to be a Blizzard Beach day. We were going to
have
breakfast at Donald’s in Animal Kingdom first, but a
combination
of a full first bus and three wheelchairs has left us 15 minutes after
our reservation time already when our bus pulls into Blizzard Beach on
the way there. So we’ll just skip AK and get off
here. At least we got off here on purpose – the bus
driver
didn’t make any announcement that I heard, and there are six
poor
people who just got off here thinking they were at Animal
Kingdom.
We first head over to the kiddie area, Tyke’s Peak, to find a
place to park our stuff. While we’re standing next
to the
wading pool with Laurie and me debating what spot will be in the shade
an hour from now, Gavin heads into the water saying
“I’ll
be right over here when you decide.” I swear, if
you had to
wait for adults to make up their minds every time, you’d
never
get anything done. After one trip down the (admittedly lame)
flat
slide, one down the water slide, and one down the tube slide,
Gavin’s ready to check something else out, so we’ll
make
our first trip around the lazy river. I’ve said it
before
and I’ll say it again, this is absolutely the best way to
travel
to nowhere in the heart of the central Florida summer. About
a
quarter of the way around, the tube is apparently quite an
inconvenience for Gavin, so he simply abandons it. The
water’s between chin and nose deep for him, so he’s
alternating between swimming, walking, and Tiggering.
A little ways downstream, it’s time for a real ride, so we
climb
138 very hot steps to get up to the top of the Teamboat Springs family
raft ride. (Yes, we counted. We’re goofy
like
that.) Talk about a tough job at Disney World,
there’s a
girl wandering past the queue up here, sneaking up on people and
spraying them with a hose. Everyone’s ducking that
initial
shot, but are loving it as soon as they realize how much it cools them
off. The ride down is wild and exciting, and now
it’s time
for lunch at the LottaWatta Lodge. There’s quite a
varied
menu here, with burgers, hot dogs, chicken wrap, fish and chips, turkey
sandwich, pizza, and even a Cobb Salad. Not quite the one I
love
at the Brown Derby, being a little more ‘tossed’
than
‘Cobb’, but still quite workable. Laurie
says the
fish is really good, and Gavin votes the same on the pizza.
We’ve had some adventures in picky eating on previous trips,
but
there aren’t going to be any issues with this guy at all.
[I have to digress at this point to relay a marvelous conversation I
overheard on our adults-only RADP trip in early December. A
mom
and her five-year-old son were on the bus to Animal Kingdom, going over
the list of things they’d do and see during the
day. When
the subject came to lunch and the boy wondered what they have there to
eat, Mom told him (with a completely straight face) that
she’d
heard that Animal Kingdom had an excellent wildebeest
sandwich.
That ended the conversation for about 20 seconds, after which the boy
looked up and said “Mom, do I LIKE wildebeest?”]
Now it’s time to decide what to do after lunch.
Gavin
thinks it’s too hot to climb up all those steps
again.
Grandma thinks the line to get the chair lift up is way too
long.
Grandpa thinks we should take one more trip around the lazy river and
then head back to the hotel. Grandpa wins!! But
first,
while I’m making a pit stop, Laurie is reapplying some
sunscreen
to Gavin. He manages to get some in his eye, and Laurie
suggests
he lie down and let his tears wash it out. By the time I get
back, he’s laying on a beach towel in the shade on the
blacktop,
sound asleep. Two speeds; fast and off.
After a half-hour nap, we make our lazy river trip. We must
be
enjoying it quite a bit, because before we know it we’re
entering
the cavern a second time, so I guess it’ll be two
trips.
Gavin and Laurie decide to get out part way around and do some water
slides, but sun-puppy that I am, I’m going to stick to the
cool
water and the shade. By the time I’ve floated back
to
Tyke’s Peak, they’re already back. Turns
out they
made one run on the toboggans and then neither wanted to climb to the
top again. Gavin thinks he should make one more trip on each
of
the three kiddie slides before we go, and as is our custom with most
things that don’t cost anything, we agree.
Back at the hotel, I can tell we’ve been at the
70’s
building for three days, because Gavin is singing
‘Jesse’s
Girl’. After a lengthy nap and shorter supper in
the food
court, we set out at 6:00 to spend a leisurely evening at the Magic
Kingdom. When we get into Town Square, there are some
characters
out, most of whom seem to be bears. I can’t
remember any of
their names, so I’m not ashamed to just refer to them as ...
Da
Bears. Autographs and pictures are in order here, and we
haven’t spent much time on that activity this trip at
all.
As we walk up through the shops on the Emporium side of Main Street,
the subtle change in merchandise from one shop to the next
isn’t
lost on Gavin. About two-thirds of the way down, he announces
“Finally, some BOY stuff!”, which in this case
seems to
mean hockey shirts. We get over into Adventureland and
there’s only a ten minute wait for the Jungle Cruise, so we
go on
that. It’s another disappointing cruise for us, as
have
been the last two or three we’ve taken. The skipper
never
slows the boat down, and doesn’t really even give himself
time to
set up the jokes, and we end up stacked up at the end like on Small
World. Somebody needs to talk to these kids about
pacing.
Gavin’s fine though, for him it’s all about rhino
horns and
spitting elephants, and great big long snakes.
We have to wait a bit to get on the Aladdin ride because they
can’t get the gates open to let people on.
Apparently,
there’s some kind of safety link between the ride itself and
the
gates, so they have to clear all the previous riders out, start the
ride empty and run it through a cycle, stop it, and then the gates open
without a problem. We start to walk out to our spot and
Gavin’s not moving, so I tell him “Come on,
it’s our
turn.” He looks up at me with what I take to be a
mixture
of fear and embarrassment and says “I can’t, my
leg’s
stuck in the fence.” And sure enough, it is, he put
his leg
through the bars and can’t get his knee back out.
So I
clear the ride out, run it through a cycle, and then his leg comes out
with no problem. (Not really, but wouldn’t that be
cool?)
Next is the Enchanted Tiki Room, for some fun with Iago and Zazu and
M’boa and those hip Tiki gods. Laurie is fully
prepared to
reassure Gavin that everything is all right when the thunder comes and
M’boa appears, but he turns and looks up at her and smiles a
this-is-cool smile. He asks her a couple times if
the birds
are real and she lets him know they are not, but on the way out he
waves to them. The fact that they aren’t real is no
reason
to not show a little appreciation and friendship. [Laurie
says: This is perhaps the neatest thing about going with a
five-year-old. There’s a fine line between real and
not
real, and they don’t care where the line is, it’s
just all
... fun.]
On the Pirates of the Caribbean ride, Gavin’s only the second
of
our six grandchildren who shows concern during the firefight between
the pirate ship and the fort, ducking down in the boat as we sail
through the fray. Interestingly, it was his big sister who
three
years ago looked at us in bewilderment and asked “Why
aren’t you ducking???” Laurie had
explained to him as
we got into the boat that we’d go through a little stretch
where
it was quite dark and we’d go down a little hill, and he had
immediately taken her hand, placed it on his leg, and started gently
rubbing it. That was his security blanket. By the
time we
get into the room with the singing donkey and the lady in the red dress
though, he picks her hand up and gently puts it back on her own
leg. I can handle it from here on out, Grandma.
At the Country Bear Jamboree, Gavin is alternating between giggling
loudly and nearly falling asleep. We grab some ice cream
afterward, and since it’s almost 9, we’re racing
the parade
to Casey’s Corner from opposite directions, hoping to be able
to
cross the street and at least have the option of getting out of the
park ahead of the crowd. (He hasn’t seen a parade
yet, so
we have no idea if he’ll be interested or not.)
Turns out
we’re way ahead of it, so we casually make our way down
toward
Tony’s Town Square. We’ve enjoyed the
afternoon
parade from Tony’s porch in the past, but they have dinner
seating out there now so that isn’t going to be an option.
We’re still trying to navigate from the middle of the throng
at
the end of Main Street, when Gavin spots the first parade float and
jumps out of the stroller yelling “THE PARADE’S
HERE!!!!” Guess that answers that
question. We
convince him to sit down until we can get to some kind of opening in
the crowd, and eventually make our way down to the entrance of the
train station. Gavin gets to stand up on a low wall next to
us,
and instantly becomes silently glued to the parade. Several
minutes later, he turns to us and screams
“GOOFY!!!”
Shortly after, Chip and Dale get the same introduction, as does
Ariel. When Cinderella and the Prince go by, he waves to them
until they’re well past us. And when the final
float goes
by, he turns to Laurie and calmly informs her, since she must look like
the kind of person who wouldn’t know these things,
“That’s Captain Hook.”
All in all, another very good day at Disney World. Laurie and
I
are very much looking forward to rope drop at Epcot tomorrow, our first
chance to ride the really cool rides there without big lines.
Grandbabies 6.4, Epcot, Fort Wilderness, MK
Laurie, Don, and 5-year-old grandson Gavin, on the fourth day of our
week-long July adventure.
These are sharp kids we bring with us to Disney World. They
have
a way of (as our Carousel of Progress friend puts it) getting right to
the core of the apple. As I’m leaving the room to
get some
food court coffee while we’re getting ready this morning, I
hear
Gavin asking Laurie “What are we going to miss if
we’re
late?” She explains that we won’t
‘miss’
anything, we just have to stand in longer lines if we get there
later. That’s all he needed to know, and he wastes
no time
getting into (and out of) the shower.
I really thought that one of the small time-savers on this trip (being
the first of six with a boy) would be that we wouldn’t have
to
spend any time preparing hair. It turns out though that Gavin
has
some morning prep work himself. (I blame his mother
;-) He
has what I would call a short-spike haircut, and he takes full
responsibility himself for his ‘look’.
It’s
really quite a fascinating process, involving just the right amount of
water on his hands, some Got-2-B-Glued Spiking Freeze Spray, and a
couple minutes in front of the mirror getting it just right.
Not
only does he not require help from either of us, I get the feeling it
wouldn’t really be welcome. It’s
cute. And when
he walks out the door, he looks like he feels like a million bucks, and
that’s certainly not a bad way to start the day.
Laurie and I aren’t the only ones who take a quick
last-minute
inventory before we leave the room for the parks. On the kid
trips, we always just have cereal in the room each morning, so we can
get to the park as early as possible and avoid lines. Then
each
of us carries a fanny pack with a juice box and a couple
snacks.
They can have something from their pack whenever they want it, and we
never need to forfeit prime morning time to eat.
They’ve
all quickly caught on and done a great job of self-rationing.
But
Gavin’s the first who has to check on the way out the door to
make sure he has his room key in his fanny pack. I certainly
hope
he won’t end up far enough away from us to really need it,
but we
HAVE let him open the door every time, and he clearly takes the
responsibility seriously.
Our mission to make rope drop at Epcot this morning is successful,
complete with the character bus out front. We manage to beat
most
of the crowd into Soarin’, which we all enjoy
immensely.
Gavin watches the pre-flight instructions intently, and has no problem
working the extra belt loop for “our shorter
aviatorzh.” (Mimicking Patrick
Warburton’s voish,
sorry.) He has lots of questions about what’s going
to
happen with the seats and how everything works, and then
we’re
flying. He’s in awe, and loves it as much as we do.
We stop on the way out of the building for one of Gavin’s
lengthier bathroom stops. Laurie enjoys this time immensely,
from
her comfortable spot OUTSIDE. I talked to him yesterday about
folding toilet paper, trying to get him past that stage where you just
wad up half a roll. He apparently finds that annoying,
telling me
this morning that “My dad makes me do it HIS
way.”
Thinking I may be undoing some parental work here, I ask him what his
dad’s way is. At which point he lowers his head a
bit, with
a sort of ‘busted’ look on his face, and says
“your
way.”
The Test Track line says 25 minutes, but it’s out the door
farther than the depth of the building and isn’t moving, so
we
don’t believe it. We picked up FastPasses for
Soarin’
while we were there, and we’re already at the time where we
can
get another, so now we have them for both Soarin’ and Test
Track. Laurie and Gavin are ready for a breakfast snack,
which
they have while I have a smoke. But by the time
they’re
nearly done, I decide I’m a little hungry too, so I pull out
some
crackers and cheese from my fanny pack. In a subconscious
effort
to catch up and not make them wait, I guess I must be eating them a
little too aggressively, because Laurie says “Boy,
you’re
eating like Gavin, you’re going through that in a
hurry.” And Gavin, seeing a chance to GIVE an
instruction
he’s probably received at home a thousand times, grins up at
me
and very slowly says “Take your time, taste your
food.”
Since we can get into the Imagination attractions most any time, we
decide to try to beat the crowd to The Living Seas. I think
Gavin
is the first of the grandkids to really appreciate the Hydrolators, and
the notion that we are going way down under the ocean. We
don’t really spend a lot of time with the fish this trip, but
we
all really enjoy Turtle Talk with Crush again. That is just
such
a cool deal.
We use our FastPasses to ride Soarin’ again, and
it’s
interesting to watch Gavin’s hands during the ride.
He
grips the hand holds during the takeoff, but as soon as we clear the
clouds, his hands are in his lap. Then he grabs on again when
we’re up with the hot air balloons, until we clear the
trees. But, as with most of the folks on the ride,
it’s one
constant grin.
The Imagination ride with Figment is fun. Gavin does plug his
nose in the Scent Lab, though well after we’ve received our
free
scent. We’re going to skip Honey I Shrunk the
Audience this
trip though. He doesn’t want to do another movie
with the
special glasses, because the only thing he liked about the other one
was where “Fozzie blew that thing out.”
Interesting
highlight, I guess. We believe a critical part of our success
with these trips is that the kids know right off the bat that
we’re not going to ‘make’ them do any
particular
attraction. There’s so much to do and see here that
our
days will be full no matter what we pick or skip. If
there’s something we’re sure he’ll enjoy
(like
Mickey’s PhilharMagic), we’ll find a way to talk
him into
deciding to try it, but we won’t make him.
We go over now and use our FastPasses on Test Track. He
handles
the ride well, though he’s definitely sporting a
‘holy
crap’ look when we almost hit the semi. As
we’re
walking off the ride and checking out our picture, he’s
telling
us repeatedly that the ride was awesome, then suddenly asks
“Can
I drive that truck???” I’ve never thought
of wanting
to drive the truck, though I imagine that would be kind of cool, for a
very small part of a day.
On our way out through the showroom he spots somebody in one of the
cars and wants to know if he can drive one. Sure!
He spends
a minute ‘driving’ the Cobalt, followed by a
sharp-looking
red pickup. As he’s climbing down from that, he
spots THE
vehicle across the room, looks down at me with a just-won-the-lottery
look on his face and says “I’m doin’ the
Hummer!!” Which reminds me of another way that
grandchildren are even better than your own; they’ll never be
on
YOUR car insurance.
During lunch at the Electric Umbrella, Gavin is intrigued by the
‘little salad’ Laurie gets. (You and I
usually refer
to it as coleslaw.) We go through four or five menu options
with
him that all sound good, before settling on the macaroni and
cheese. When that’s all he eats of the meal, Laurie
tells
him he has to eat his applesauce as well. He immediately
picks up
on the fact that she has peeled off some dry parts of the roll from her
beef sandwich and says “You have to eat your
crust.”
We decide to do the Figment ride again, and end up in a short line
behind a 20-something couple, she with bright pink short spiked hair
and a nose ring. Gavin says (not at all quietly)
“Look at
her HAIR.” The girl looks a little embarrassed, but
her guy
is clearly trying to stifle a hearty chuckle. You just know
he’s not a fan at all of the hair, but he loves her and can
put
up with just about anything. I wonder aloud to her
“Well,
you really didn’t expect that people WOULDN’T be
looking at
it, did you?” She smiles, but Gavin then brings out
the big
guns, and comments “It looks like boy’s
hair.”
Now she’s REALLY embarrassed, and her boyfriend is no longer
feeling the need to hide his amusement, either.
Laurie decides at this point that she’s going to go over to
the
First Aid station and see if they can help her get to the bottom of an
ear problem she’s developed. She hasn’t
been able to
hear well since we were at the water park yesterday, and thinks that
either she got water in her ear and dislodged some wax or maybe even
has some kind of infection brewing. She tells us to go on
ahead
and she’ll catch up with us back at the room or at Magic
Kingdom
when she’s done.
Gavin and I e-mail our picture to his mom from Innoventions, then go
down to ride Spaceship Earth again. We manage to get stuck in
the
short line in front of one of the Old Troll’s
‘bored
teenagers’. After his parents have explained that
it’s a slow ride and ‘educational’,
he’s
whining and wants more info. This is where Gavin jumps in to
tell
him that he’s ridden it “a thousand
times,” and to
give him the important scoop. When the kid asks him what you
do
on the ride, Gavin patiently tells him “You go up there and
they
ask you how many, and you tell them how many of you there
are.” And really, that IS all you have to
do.
Throughout the ride, he’s telling me exactly what’s
happening in every scene, and I can tell these are exactly the things
Laurie was describing to him when he rode with her the first two
times. He was really, really paying attention. At
one
point, he asks me about a guy who’s standing up on a balcony
looking through a sextant, and I must confess I don’t
remember
seeing him before. On the way down the hill at the end of the
ride, he wants to know if we can ride it again without getting off, but
it’s a little too busy (and he needs to run a bit), so
we’ll get off and go around into the line. As
we’re
going into the building, he tells me to “say four,”
and it
takes me a while to figure out that he’s trying to guarantee
us a
stranger-free car, since four is what they hold.
We know that when the ride stops it’s usually to let a wheel
chair guest on. Today we witness another stop-the-ride
event. A three-year-old has just got into the car behind us
and
has to pee, urgently. Her mom asks the CM to let them out,
just
as they’re about to leave the turntable. He says he
really
can’t stop it, can she hold it? Mom says
“I’m
thinking you’ve got two choices, stop it or mop
it.”
He chooses stop.
On the way out of the park, I see my new favorite t-shirt, spotting a
guy from about a mile away wearing a bright pink shirt. And I
mean bright. As we get close to him, I see that it says
across
the front “Don’t laugh, this is your
girlfriend’s
shirt.” While I’m greatly amused by the
joke, it
might be even more effective if this particular shirt weren’t
a
size XXXL.
On the bus back to the hotel, Gavin wants to sit right behind the
driver, but I want to sit a few seats back where I can wedge the
stroller in between two seats and not have to hold it. He
tells
me “It’s okay, you can sit back
there.” So I
do, and he sits behind the driver, singing away and leaning over
occasionally to look out the windshield.
After our nap, Gavin thinks it would be a really good idea to pet the
horses over at Fort Wilderness. Sure, why not.
“How
do we get there?” We’ll take a bus and
then go on a
boat. “A boat?
Awwwesssommme!!!” Taking
our shortcut through the parking lot to the bus stops, he grins and
says “We were smart, all these people drove here and we flied
here.”
If you’re going to make an impromptu trip to Fort Wilderness,
keep in mind that there’s a Hoop-de-Doo show that starts at
7,
and for quite a while before that the boats will be quite
full. A
little too crowded to get full enjoyment from the boat ride.
We
don’t really get to pet the horses, either, or any other
animals
for that matter, because they’re all lounging in the shade
away
from the fence. Which makes them a bit smarter than us
goofballs
in the hot sun outside the fence.
We’ve generally found something with each of the kids that
has
amazed us. In Gavin’s case, we knew coming in that
he was
hyperactive. And yet this is the second time I’ve
seen him
trying to sneak up on one of those little Florida lizards.
The
boy can put on some big-league stealth when he wants, and for quite a
long time, too. It’s comforting to know that if he
concentrates really hard, he does have a speed between full and off.
Laurie finally catches up with us at Trail’s End, after quite
an
adventure. They couldn’t really do anything for her
at the
First Aid station, but told her she could go to the medical center and
get some attention there. They would even transport her if
she
didn’t have a car there. Sounded good.
After a very
short wait, a CM whose job was apparently just such transport arrived,
took her backstage out of the Odyssey, and drove her the 10 minutes or
so over to the medical center in Lake Buena Vista. As with
most
medical centers, she registered and waited. And
waited. And
waited. (She wasn’t too upset though, the
latecomers that
were moved ahead of her tended to be babies with fevers.)
After
about four hours, she saw a doctor. A brief application of
warm
water and peroxide took care of a deep chunk of wax, she could hear,
there was no sign of infection, all is good.
So she called for transport again, and about 10 minutes later a driver
showed up for her, and the adventure began to get
interesting.
She asked him to take her to Magic Kingdom (thinking we’d be
there by then), and on the way the driver felt the need to share his
life story with her. He was from Columbia and had only been
here
about six months, having been granted political asylum.
Yikes. Added to all the stress from everything else today,
the
words political asylum just left all kinds of spooky things running
through her head. Drug cartel informant?
Spy? Juan
Valdez’s sister’s mean ex-husband?
Knowing that there
was undoubtedly no problem here but feeling a little freaked out
anyway, she silently launched into her Tower of Terror mantra;
“This is Disney, everything’s going to be all
right, this
is Disney, everything’s going to be all
right.” But
she still wanted to get out of that van sooner rather than later, and
after finding out via cell that we were at Fort Wilderness, decided to
have him drop her here so she can have supper with us at the
Trail’s End.
This used to be one of the best kept secrets on property (though you
need reservations now, so I guess it isn’t a secret any
more.) We have a very enjoyable dinner, with Laurie now able
to
laugh about her reactions on the Columbian Exile Express.
During
the course of discussing the various menu items at the
Trail’s
End, Gavin tells her about how much he likes fish, and that he and his
dad (Daddy Shawn) went fishing and caught a great big fish.
(Here, Gavin holds his hands up about 15” apart.)
He says
they cooked it and ate it, just the two of them, his daddy ate half and
he ate half. It’s been just a year and a half since
Shawn
died in Afghanistan, but that’s about a third of
Gavin’s
life. It’s nice that he has a memory of something
he’s quite proud of.
On our way down to the dock, we’re noticing the hundred golf
carts that always decorate the Settlement, and Gavin points out (of
course) the one that’s built up on a massive set of springs
to
look like a monster truck. We really do have a great deal of
disposable income in this country.
It’s getting pretty well into the evening and we’re
all a
little tired, so we figure we’ll just head back to the
hotel. But Gavin wants to see the SpectroMagic parade again,
so
we’ll slip into the front of Magic Kingdom just for
that.
We find a nice spot just inside the railroad where we’re well
back from the crowd and Gavin can stand on one of those little
three-feet-tall walls and get a good view. He loves it again,
and
we certainly don’t mind it either. As soon as the
parade is
over, we slip out ahead of the crowd and catch a not-nearly-full bus
back to the hotel.
We had a great deal of fun today, notwithstanding Laurie’s
Adventures in Health Care Systems and Foreign Diplomacy. And
we’re excited about tomorrow, a rope-drop tour of Fantasyland
in
Magic Kingdom. This has become sort of the peak of these
trips,
and tomorrow we’re adding a first for us – a
character
breakfast at Crystal Palace.
Grandbabies 6.5, Magic Kingdom
Laurie, Don, and 5-year-old grandson Gavin, on the fifth day of our
week-long July adventure.
We’re out at the bus stop at 7:30 this morning to catch our
bus
to the Magic Kingdom for our character breakfast at the Crystal Palace
at 8:10. This will be a first for us; we both love the
Crystal
Palace but have never done a breakfast in MK. We were
initially
concerned about transportation, but they told us that busses start
running at 6:30 to cover breakfast. We walk through the front
gates at 8:10, with the park not open until 9. It’s
very
weird to see the park completely empty like this. Gavin is
concerned that it’s not really open and we’re not
supposed
to be here, and Laurie has her camera out, clicking happily up the
street.
Gavin just LOVES meeting Pooh and Tigger and Piglet and
Eeyore.
This kind of thing seems to be right up his alley.
He’s
also quite taken with the castle as we approach, and decides he wants
to have lunch inside. (We’ll pass on that, the
image is a
lot better than the reality.)
If we had made our breakfast seating on time, we would have been at
rope drop under the castle. But it’s 9:10 when we
arrive
and Dumbo already has quite a line, so we’re heading over to
the
Speedway first. He really didn’t show much interest
in
either Aladdin or Triceratops Spin, so we should be able to skip this
ride (and line) entirely.
It turns out that Gavin is a very intense Speedway racer. Did
I
mention I’m glad he’ll never be on my car
insurance?
Since Caitlyn was quite jazzed about the Astro-Orbiter and opened our
eyes to a new option at this point down here, we ask Gavin if he next
wants to ride the rocket ride (that he can see) or Peter Pan and Snow
White, and there’s no hesitation in his selection of Peter
Pan.
We already got FastPasses for Pooh, but as we walk back up into
Fantasyland it’s almost a walk-on, so figure we might as well
walk on. While we’re in the line, Gavin wants to
know
“Do we get honey?” You know,
I’ve always
wondered why I was attracted to this ride so much. Now I
know. It’s a subconscious belief that I’m
going to
get honey. [Laurie adds: You might think
he’s
exaggerating, but he’s not; I once saw him drink a packet of
dipping honey at Donald’s in Animal Kingdom, by
itself. I
guess you’d say my honey has a sweet tooth.]
I get quite a chuckle (as often happens) from a couple of
twenty-somethings walking past the Carousel.
They’re
speaking energetically in a language I don’t recognize,
except
for this last part. She, giggling excitedly and pointing down
the
street: “POOH, POOH, POOH!!” He,
mockingly:
“NO, NO, NO!!” Gavin gets a little
surprise on the
Peter Pan ride as we’re flying around the mountain tops; we
see
“Ariel’s sisters.” He really
enjoys the ride,
as well as Snow White and Pooh again.
Our top priority in Toon Town is the Barnstormer, and we get two rides,
both in the back row where it’s fastest.
He’s a
little disenchanted in Minnie’s house, because he’s
trying
to move everything he sees and “nothing’s real in
here.” In case you’ve never had (or
taken) the
opportunity to check out Minnie’s To Do list, here are her
plans
for today:
1. Call Mickey
2. Mousercize
3. Make a box lunch for Mickey
4. Have a nutritious, low-fat breakfast
5. Call Mickey
6. Tend to the garden
7. Bake a cake for Mickey
8. Go to the recycling center
9. Call Mickey
He’s a little more impressed with Mickey’s house,
noticing
quickly that Mickey has a “very big
bike.” As
we’re looking through all the stuff in Mickey’s
living
room, he wonders “Does Mickey take his suit off when he gets
home
at night?” What questions! I never thought about
it, but
I’d be willing to bet he does.
The railroad trip from Toon Town to Frontierland is fun, as always, and
we arrive at 11:30 to find a 60-minute wait for Splash
Mountain.
We pick up FastPasses and head over to Big Thunder Mountain, where the
line’s only about 30 minutes. For some reason, as
we’re snaking through the line upstairs at Big Thunder, Gavin
is
high-fiving every person we meet in the line. You really have
an
excellent head start on life if you can find yourself in a situation
that’s both very monotonous and uncomfortably hot and still
figure a way to have fun. (And spreading fun to other people
is a
good skill to have, too.) He loves the ride, and the whoops
and
giggles are as much fun to listen to as Grandma’s.
Speaking of uncomfortably hot, we had planned to go over to Tom Sawyer
Island and have a root beer float at Aunt Polly’s and let
Gavin
run in the shade a little, but we don’t even want to be out
in
the sun long enough to take the raft ride! We’ll
settle for
some shade at the end of Pecos Bill’s and ice pops instead.
Splash Mountain is WAY too short a ride for Gavin. Some of
the
others had to be cajoled into trying it, and we’re having a
hard
time getting him off it. He’s upset because we
missed a
section of the ride, they didn’t take us over one of the
drops. We’re skeptical, but he insists that
there’s a
big drop with no trees and no tunnel that we didn’t see yet,
and
he kind of doesn’t want to get off until we see that
drop.
It takes a while for us to figure out that he was watching the big drop
earlier from the upper bridge outside, and from that perspective,
there’s no tunnel or trees. We take him outside and
show
him the view from both bridges. He’s still not
convinced we
didn’t get cheated out of a drop. Guess
we’ll have to
ride it again before we go home. Darn.
Walking out of the park through Adventureland, Gavin spots Timon and
Rafiki and wants to stop for an autograph. I remind him that
he
already got them. “I got Rafiki, but I never got
Timon!!” If you want to know the real score,
don’t
trust someone with no real stake in the outcome ;-) He was
insistent that today when we got back to the room, we were going to
swim BEFORE our nap, but wouldn’t you know it, by the time I
get
through messing around going to the bathroom and getting changed,
he’s already sound asleep on the bed. As a measure
of how
hot it is today and how hard we’ve been playing, the nap
lasts
more than two hours.
Now it’s pool-time, and Gavin’s easily the most
accomplished swimmer of our grandkids, at least at the age we brought
them. He’s only had a couple lessons at the
community pool
back home, but while we’ve been down here, a few important
things
just seem to have clicked. One is that you can hold your
breath
whenever you need to, and another is that even though you
can’t
stand up in a four-foot-deep pool, you can always sink to the bottom
and jump up out of the water long enough to get your breath.
Another is that there are a whole lot of fun things you can do in
water. Right now, he’s spotted the
“flower
power” icon squirting water over one area of our
60’s
pool. He knows it’s too deep to stand there, but he
swims
over into the spray, giggles a bit, and swims back to the side of the
pool.
While we’re here at the pool, I should mention another
wonderful
example of Disney detail that Laurie noticed the other day.
On
the top of one of the 60’s buildings is a giant elephant
‘made’ out of Play-Doh. And the ears have
thumbprints
on them, and all the toenails are different sizes and shapes, just like
the ones you made. How cool is that!
We just heard some distant thunder, and Laurie finds out from the
lifeguard that they have weather radar they monitor closely on storm
days, and the pools close when there’s lightning within seven
miles. They don’t reopen until thirty minutes after
there’s no lightning within the seven miles.
She’s in
constant radio contact with someone, and suddenly a whistle blows and
they’re closing the pool. But this is Disney, so
you
don’t scare the kids with talk of lightning, you just say the
pool is closing because of “electrical activity in the
area.” (Reminds me of the time we heard them
radioing
CM’s in the MGM parking lot to take care of a stray
‘turtle’, by which they meant ‘baby
alligator’.) By the time we’ve all had
our shower,
the storm is here and it’s pouring buckets, our first rain of
the
trip. Not too bad, getting to Day 5 in the summer without
rain.
The nasty wind finally lets up enough for us to start making our way
back toward Magic Kingdom. We stop at the store to buy Laurie
another poncho, since one of our 8-year-old ones finally tore, and
it’s raining lightly as we get into line at the bus
stop.
Once the bus gets rolling, however, it’s coming down so hard
and
the wind is so fierce that the bus has to slow down to let the wipers
catch up. It’s only about a 10 minute drive from
Pop
Century to MK, but when we get there, the ground is barely wet and the
sun is shining. Love that Florida summer weather.
At 7:15 we’re getting FastPasses for Space
Mountain. At
some point Gavin discovered he’s tall enough (the first of
our
grandkids to make that cut), so there’s no question that
he’s riding it. The FPs are for 9:20 and we were
planning
to watch the parade and fireworks, so that should work out
well.
In the meantime, we have dinner at Cosmic Ray’s.
Every time
I catch Sonny Eclipse’s act, all I can think of is Bill
Murray’s lounge lizard on Saturday Night Live, and it always
makes me smile.
While I’m on a break after dinner, Gavin talks Laurie into
going
on the Teacups with him. She explains to him that she
doesn’t like to spin a lot, so when she tells him to stop he
has
to stop. As they walk away, I hear them discussing a
“safe
word.” My feeling has always been that if some
activity
needs a “safe word,” it might be best just to avoid
it
entirely.
We figure we should have time to catch Small World, Mickey’s
Philharmagic, and the Haunted Mansion (the last attractions other than
Space Mountain that we haven’t seen yet) and still have time
to
get a good spot for the parade. As we’re walking up
through
Fantasyland, Gavin gives me another lesson in perspective when, out of
a clear blue sky, he asks “How come you wear whitey-tighties
instead of ‘regular’
underpants?” I’m
tempted to tell him that boxers on a five-year-old is just unnatural,
but that wouldn’t be right. And I shudder to think
what
exactly he saw in Fantasyland that made him think of that question.
Gavin likes the Philharmagic, though it’s a little hard
watching
it with his glasses broken in two. We had warned him to be
careful with them in line, and somehow they magically broke
anyway. He had requested a trade with Grandma just before the
show started, but she said “Hey, you broke them, you wear
them.” So he does, holding half with each
hand. He
likes Small World too, especially the butterflies for some
reason. There seem to be about two things in each room that
he
really gets jazzed about.
It’s 8:40 now, so instead of going to Haunted Mansion,
we’ll take a potty break on our way out of Fantasyland and go
down and find a good spot for the parade. He was a little
bummed
the other night that he could only see the ‘tops’
of the
floats from where we were standing. (The part that was
blocked
from our view couldn’t have been more than the bottom quarter
of
the float, well below where all the action is.) So this time,
we’re sitting on the ground right under the rope in Liberty
Square. We won’t be able to miss anything from here
;-) At the first sound of the music, he urgently turns to me
saying “Here, take my napkin!”
Parade. Must
focus. He’s absolutely glued to the whole thing.
He has a Buzz Lightyear spinny light thing that Laurie gave him before
we left home, the kind where you press the button on his back and he
lights up and three colored rings spin around. As each
character
goes by, Gavin’s holding up the spinny light thing with one
hand
and waving to them with the other. It looks unique, until I
realize it’s strikingly similar to lighters at a
concert.
He enjoys the fireworks, but I think he may end up more engineer than
artist. He spends more than half the time wondering where
Tinkerbell went, and why, and who’s shooting off the
fireworks,
and where. He’s standing in his stroller on Main
Street by
Casey’s, leaning on Laurie and asking her all his questions,
when
about two-thirds of the way through Wishes he says “I want to
go
home now, back to our room.” Done. But
this time, he
falls asleep in my lap shortly after we get on the bus.
We’re never sure if the kids are going to wake up grumpy in
this
situation. If he does, he’s just going to have to
stay
grumpy, as I’m quite sure there’s no way I can
carry him
all the way back to the room. But when the bus arrives back
at
Pop Century, he wakes up (sort of), walks off the bus with Grandma,
quietly leans against a queue pole until I get off and pop the stroller
open, and casually takes his seat for the ride back to the
room.
[Some have thought it just terrible that we’d bring a
stroller
for a child who is really too big for one. All three of us
love
it, and it costs no one else a thing. So there ;-)]
Back in the room, he’s still quite excited that Pluto gave
him a
high five in the parade. And he’s still sorry he
didn’t bring his hiking boots so he could go hiking with
Goofy. We always seem to have the most fun on Magic Kingdom
Day,
and we also always seem to be the most tired at the end of
it. It
takes no time at all for us to be sound asleep, and I imagine
we’ll be quite ready for Day 6 tomorrow.
Grandbabies 6.6, Magic Kingdom & Typhoon Lagoon
Laurie, Don, and 5-year-old grandson Gavin, on the sixth day of our
week-long July adventure.
We’re on our third set of plans for today.
Originally, we
were going to spend this morning at a water park and finish off Epcot
this afternoon. But the kids always get to pick what we do on
Day
7 (a half day, followed by our flight home), and while we know
they’ll pick another round of Magic Kingdom, Gavin has
decided he
wants to spend his last day at Epcot! So we changed the
second
part of today to Magic Kingdom. But then we realized there
are
extra magic hours at MK tonight. With the park open three
hours
later just for on-site guests, a lot of those without hopper passes
will be choosing MK today, so it might be better for us to do whatever
we’re going to do there this morning instead. We
always
say, we’re nothing if not flexible.
We’re out at the bus stop at 8:29. Our bus is
there, but
it’s now full, and it looks like there may be more than a
full
bus of people in the line ahead of us. While we’re
waiting,
we discover that one of the reasons Gavin favored Epcot for his
pick’em day is that he really wants to go on that Big Ball
Ride
again, “because that’s the first ride in the
park.” Such little pros we’ve turned
these kids
into! The next bus pulls up and starts loading, and as we
wind
our way into the final row of the queue, Gavin points out
“Definitely not getting seats.”
It’s morning,
we don’t care.
As we walk from the bus to the Magic Kingdom entrance,
Gavin’s
helping me push the stroller. Oh he’s in it, but he
has
some kind of rowing motion going with his arms and butt that
I’m
sure is doing something to help propel us. We were going to
take
the train back to Frontierland, but are told that (like yesterday)
there’s only one train on-line, so it’s 20 minutes
between
arrivals. Guess we’ll walk up Main Street through
the shops
again. This gives us a chance to admire Gavin’s use
of the
mall-walking genes he got passed down from his mom, with oohs and ahhs
at various displays. He isn’t asking to buy
anything, just
admiring.
We’ve become used to questions out of left field from the
kids. We’re in line for Splash Mountain and Gavin
wonders
if there are any spiders on the ride. We can’t
imagine what
would have made him think there were. After a minute or so
though, he smiles and says “Oh, wait, this isn’t a
real
cave, is it.” On the ride itself, he wants to know
how Brer
Fox set that trap Brer Bear got caught in. I think I know,
but I
love his sister far too much to share information like that with
him. As we walk out of the ride, we’re treated to
one of
our absolute favorite things: a skipping five-year-old singing
Zip-a-Dee-Doo-Dah!
Big Thunder is quite a treat again as well. Gavin has his
hands
up in the air for every bit of the ride except the lifts and the
station. There’s one fast part where you go up a
little
hill and suddenly level out, then just as suddenly go down a
drop. Gavin (and Laurie for that matter) comes off the seat,
and
the look on his face is priceless. (For me, the little whoop
that
Laurie gives here every time is, also.)
The line is fairly short, so we decide to ride Splash again.
The
courtyard is full of that banjo and mouth harp music, which is perfect
for Gavin as he bounces and dances along. It occurs to me
that in
our other five grandbaby trips, we’ve had probably three
Pooh’s and a couple of Piglet’s, but this is our
first true
Tigger. This time through the ride, as we get to the rabbit
trap
scene, Gavin concludes “I don’t think Brer Fox knew
that
Brer Bear likes carrots too.”
We were going to do these two Mountains and then take the train around
to Space Mountain, but with the limited train schedule today, we
don’t want to take a chance on wasting that much
time. As
long as we’re walking around the Rivers of America, we may as
well take in the Haunted Mansion. It’s quickly
clear that
Gavin believes we should have skipped it. The very first dark
hall we go up has him terrified. He spends most of the rest
of
the ride with his ears covered and his forehead down on the bar so that
he can’t see or hear anything. We ask him what he
wants to
see next after we get off, and his answer is calm, simple, and direct
– “No more scary rides.” No
problem.
We’ll stick to what we know.
Laurie seems to have some kind of mental block where she always thinks
Peter Pan’s a walk-on and forgets that the line wraps down
around
the building. As we round the corner in the queue, she says
(déjà vu here) “I didn’t
realize the line was
so long.” And Gavin’s at that point in
our travels
now where he immediately says “Let’s go
then,” and
ducks under the chain rope.
It’s time for me to take a break while Laurie takes him on
the
Carousel. As they disembark, I see her turn one way out the
gate
(thinking he’s right beside her), but he turns the other
way. They get probably thirty feet apart when they both
realize
they’re not together. They each stop and turn,
looking
around for the other. Laurie spots him first, he looks a
little
concerned but not panicked, and she can read his lips calmly and
silently saying “Grandma, Grandma,
Grandma.” He
quickly spots her and as they reunite, he says “Boy, there
sure
are a lot of people here with yellow shirts!”
We walk down past the castle just in time to catch Belle’s
Story
Hour. Gavin’s main concern at first is that he not
get
roped into getting up on the stage. After we escape that,
I’m watching his expression through the show and I do believe
the
boy has the hots for Belle. Shucks, me too.
It’s very hot out now, and a nice walk back down through the
cool
shops is in order. We picked up something for Sissy
yesterday,
and need to get something for Mommy and Daddy today.
Gavin’s trying on hats ‘for Daddy’, and
needs to see
what they look like in the mirror. But a mirror is very hard
to
find up here in the ‘boys’ section. We
get down into
the ‘girl’ shops and there’s a mirror
every three
feet. Go figure.
Our shopping’s done now, and Gavin and I are walking a bit
ahead
of Laurie when he informs me he’d like to go on the Lazy
River
now. Us too. He beckons me down and whispers to me,
conspiratorially, “I want to push Grandma through the
waterfalls.” Don’t we all. And
I don’t
mean that in a bad way, and it’s not just me and
Gavin. ALL
the grandkids have wanted to push Grandma through the
waterfalls.
I suspect it’s because she’s so much fun.
Apparently, Gavin likes to people-watch as much as we do. On
the
bus back to the hotel, he gently taps me on the knee and grinningly
points to the seats across the bus, where three 17-year-olds have
apparently had a very hard morning – the boy on the left is
sound
asleep, as is the girl leaning on his shoulder, and the boy on the
right is unsuccessfully struggling with the
sermon’s-a-little-to-long-head-bob.
We’ve all been impressed by the giant Big Wheel sitting by
the
giant Foosball table between the 70’s buildings at
Pop.
Gavin thinks that tire must “have a lllottt of air in
it. I
hope it doesn’t go flat.”
There’s just one
English family waiting with us for our Typhoon Lagoon bus, and the four
of us quite enjoy watching Gavin and their 7-year-old daughter
stealthily searching for lizards among the knee-high bushes behind the
benches. There’s no end to the attractions here,
and we
enjoy them all.
We stop for a quick potty break as we get into Typhoon Lagoon, and
Laurie borrows my recorder to say this: “I just
want to add
here that I really, really, really enjoy going into the rest room by
myself, doing my hair, not having to be saying to the five-year-old
child beside me ‘Okay, do this, let me help you with that,
let’s do this, don’t do that’, just
taking my time,
relaxing and getting ready, and meeting Papa
outside.”
I’m not sure what all the fuss is. You take a
five-year-old
to the bathroom and the only thing you really have to do is make sure
he doesn’t decide to try and hit the top of the
urinal.
(That never happened, but with Gavin, it had crossed my mind.)
As agreed, we begin with a trip around the Lazy River.
I’m
not sure if we’ve mentioned it before, but we love this
particular part of Disney Summer, floating down the stream in the
shade. Gavin’s trying all kinds of different
swimming
things and having a ball. In fact, he’s having so
much fun
that he forgets about his diabolical plans for Laurie and the
waterfalls. But this ain’t Laurie’s first
rodeo;
she’s diabolical enough to have taken him to the OTHER lazy
river, the one that doesn’t HAVE a waterfall ;-)
After one circuit, he wants to check out the wave pool we told him
about. A brief pause here to describe the wave pool, in case
you’re not familiar with it. There’s a
chute
that’s (I’m guessing) about fifty yards wide and a
hundred
yards long. The water is maybe 8’ deep at the back
of the
chute and 5’ at the front, where the pool fans out like a
giant
mushroom to a gradually decreasing depth. A generator creates
a
wave at the back of the chute that’s probably 4’
high,
rapidly decreasing in height after it fans out. You get to
pick
how high your wave is by how close to the fan-out point you stand (or
tread). You hear the wave, then hear 236 screams, then see it
coming up the chute, then have a fair amount of time to prepare
yourself for when it gets to you. Then everyone in the pool
goes
(as my father would say) ass over teacup, and as the water leaves your
ears you hear 173 giggles and wait about two minutes for the next one.
Laurie’s the water baby between us, so she’s in
charge of
this program. Gavin starts by taking her out to where the
standing water’s about up to his belly. The first
wave
comes, and it’s just over his head. We watch to see
what
his reaction will be, and he flops around a bit by Laurie until he
regains his feet, wipes the water out of his eyes, and says
“Let’s go out a little
farther.” By the time
we’re getting ready for the third wave, we’re out
far
enough so he can barely stand up and keep his chin on top of the
water. When the wave comes, he just jumps and lets it carry
him. And he’s quite the projectile, it turns
out. He
crashes into me and throws me off-balance and I have a nice strawberry
on my knee to show for it.
On about the fifteenth wave, he faces it and just before it gets to him
he plugs his nose, arches his back, and rides it in with sort of a
submerged backstroke. After about twenty waves, we think he
could
use some shade and talk him into going back over by the kid pool for a
bit to ride the water slide. Which he does, once.
At the
bottom, he looks at us with a look that can only mean “what
are
you trying to con me into over here?? The REAL fun is over
THERE!” So it’s back to the wave pool.
We probably spend an hour all together in the wave pool. To
fill
in all that boring dead time between the waves, he’s
practicing
floating underwater, on both his stomach and his back. And
doing
a very good job of both, including a ‘dead-man
float’
that’s far too realistic. Two or three of our
grandkids
have been comfortable and done a decent job in the water, but this is
the first who has attacked it. But we finally arrive at the
point
where Papa is in danger of some serious overheating, so it’s
time
for another trip around the Lazy River.
Which, it turns out, is a good place to practice some more of those
floating techniques. And some handstands! I
can’t do
those but Grandma’s a pro, so I think she may have introduced
this trick also. But the river gets kind of crowded
sometimes,
and on one of his handstands he comes back up right into the butt of
some random 80-year-old guy who’s just floating around,
minding
his own business. Quite a surprise for both of them,
I’d
say! It does give us an opportunity to introduce to Gavin the
concept of putting more thought into the where and when of a trick
though, which he puts to good use for the rest of our lap.
It’s time to leave for our character dinner at Chef
Mickey’s, and we’re all ready to go now, except for
the
part where Gavin and I are done changing and are now sitting around
waiting for the casual, enjoying-her-freedom Miss Laurie.
Gavin
announces “I’m bored AND
thirsty.” It sounds
like he can handle either one of those, but the combination is
killer. Luckily, he survives both.
We haven’t had a monorail ride yet, so we catch a bus from
the
water park to the Grand Floridian and take the monorail from
there. He’s had all kinds of questions about the
monorail
as we’ve driven past, most of all concerning how you get off
it. We’re thinking he’s seeing it way up
off the
ground and picturing ladders or parachutes or something, so we explain
the concept of stations to him. It’s clear that he
doesn’t quite get it, even when we get on it, because you
can’t see from inside the station that you’re
‘up in
the air’. But when we round the bend approaching
the Magic
Kingdom station, he’s looking out the window and says
“Ohhhh, I see how it works.” Yes, with
this one,
it’s all about ‘how it works’.
He’s still
only guessing on the deal with the Contemporary though, telling us
“the building opens up just enough so the train can fit
through
there.”
Did you ever get into a line and find yourself wondering after a while
if you’re in the right line? No?
That’s just
me? Well we got into a line with all the other people
checking
into Chef Mickey’s, to get our picture taken. Since
everyone was lining up, it seemed like something that came with the
meal. The CM’s were even directing everyone where
to queue
for “the picture.” After our delightful
pose,
however, we discover that it’s like any other
let-me-take-a-picture-you-can-buy-later deal, only much better
camouflaged. We have rarely felt conned at Disney World
(outside
Chester and Hester’s), but after standing in that line we
sure
felt we’d been had, as did many of the other grumbling folks
who
went through the line.
We’re seated up in sort of a loft at the side, probably under
the
monorail. Gavin reminds me of a scout.
He’s looking
out the windows over the other room, he’s looking around the
corner into the other loft room, he’s looking over by the
door,
he’s looking around the corner again. No character
is going
to sneak up on him, that’s for sure. We get
autographs and
pictures with Goofy, Donald, Dale, Mickey, and Chip, and are waiting
(not all of us entirely patiently) for Minnie. Before he
heads to
the dessert table with Grandma, he leaves me quite explicit
instructions as to what I should do with the autograph book while
he’s gone. Fortunately, she comes after
he’s back, so
I don’t have a chance to mess anything up.
We didn’t notice during dinner, but our afternoon
thunderstorm
has reared quite an ugly head. Not only is it raining very
hard,
but there’s a steady 20 mph wind as well. We kill
some time
on the back porch of the Contemporary, waiting for things to settle
down, and then make a loop on the monorail again. The rain
has
almost stopped by the time we get back over to MK and make the walk
over to our bus. It’s time to go back to the hotel
and
pack. Boo!! Tomorrow’s our last day,
which at Sir
Gavin’s request, we’ll be spending at
Epcot.
We’ll only get half a day in before leaving for our 4:00
flight
home, but it’s always such a nice casual
boy-did-we-have-fun-this-week kind of tour, and we’re really
looking forward to it.
Grandbabies 6.7, Epcot & home
Laurie, Don, and 5-year-old grandson Gavin, on the seventh and final
day of our week-long July adventure.
Gavin’s racing Grandma to get ready this morning.
I’m
sure this was Grandma’s idea, but he’s got even
more energy
than normal this morning, knowing this is our last day and
he’s
deciding where we go and what we do. I try to help him with
his
shoes, but he won’t accept the assist; he tells me
“I know
exactly how to double-tie.” He’s probably
noticed
that I slip my sneakers on and concluded that my actual tying may have
been done by others.
The race was effective, as we make rope drop at Epcot. The
character bus comes out to greet us in the Fountain Plaza, and we think
it’s safe to say now that Pluto is Gavin’s
favorite.
He’s the one he has most excitedly pointed out every time
we’ve seen characters. As soon as the quick march
back to
Soarin’ begins, I go out in front to get FastPasses for us
while
Laurie pushes Gavin in the stroller. He’s telling
her
“Why don’t you keep up? Run!”
Heh. She
smiles and suggests that if he gets out and runs, then she’ll
run
too. He declines. Guess the current speed is
acceptable
after all.
It’s 9:15 when we get to the turnstiles and we board shortly
after. On the ride, it’s fun to watch Gavin (and
lots of
others) pick his feet up as we go ‘over’ the ridges
and
waves and what-not. The only part he says he
doesn’t like
is where you follow the hang-glider up along the cliff wall.
Come
to think of it, that may be the only place where you’re
looking
pretty much straight down for a moment. Once again, as
we’re walking out of the ride, Gavin has both fists up in the
air
with a big Woo Hoo. As we leave, the line of people still
coming
in stretches outside the building, and he shakes his head and says
“Boy, a LOT of people like
Soarin’!” True words.
The standby line for Test Track says 40 minutes, but it looks like (and
turns out to be) more like 20. Gavin wants to know why they
have
all the ‘fences’ in the queue here, and Laurie
tells him
that all the tools are here to be looked at, but not to be
touched. I tell him that they use all these tools to test
cars,
and he tells me “They used to.” Well,
yes,
nobody’s doing much in here lately. (His big sister
Alexis
gave us one of our favorite lines here, when she asked “Where
are
all the men to these tools?”) He decides he wants
to sit on
the outside this trip, so Laurie lets him get in first, since
he’ll think of that as the ‘driver’s
seat’. He clearly enjoys the ride again, and when
we go
around the big curve on the outside and start the long trip back in at
high speed, he’s grinning and WooHooing with his hands up in
the
air all the way back in.
He immediately wants to ride again, but by the time we get outside
he’s decided he wants to go on the dragon ride
(Imagination). And on the way, we’re going
to go to
one of Papa’s favorite Epcot attractions – the
Fountainview
Café Bear Claw. We all really enjoy sitting in the
shade
for a minute over breakfast, watching the fountain and talking about
what fun we’ve had this week. And Gavin’s
joy is
fairly unbridled this morning. As our Figment car gets
underway,
Gavin points up ahead of us and shouts “OFF to
NEVERLAND!!!” I’ve never thought of it in
those
terms, but that’s exactly what I feel every time we get on
that
plane in Buffalo for one of these trips.
We use our FastPasses and ride Soarin’ for the last time this
trip. It’s every bit as much fun as the other times
we
went. Gavin’s quite impressed with the number of
people
still waiting to get on the ride as we’re walking
out.
“I’m glad we’re not still waiting with
THEM!” Someone from the line asks us if
it’s worth
the wait, and Gavin eagerly offers “It sure is, and the ball
looks like it’s coming right AT YOU!”
He clearly is aware that Spaceship Earth is going to be our last ride
of the trip. We’ve arrived at one of those few
times of the
day when the line wraps around both sides, and Laurie asks him if
he’s sure he wants to wait in line for this one.
“Yep!” This ride has really triggered
something in
him, he’s up on the edge of his seat and discovering
something
new in about every other room. His mom manages to get a call
through while we’re still on the ride, and it’s fun
to hear
the excitement in Gavin’s voice as he’s describing
the ride
to her. “I love it, they’re all robots
but they look
like real people, but you can learn new things from them, like
that’s the very first telephone.”
You and I can sort of see a flaw or two in their plan, but there are
hundreds of people lined up buying tickets outside Epcot at
12:20. Most of them are at best going to be in very long
lines
all day, and a lot of them are no doubt going to think they
didn’t get their money’s worth. We were
here at rope
drop, and may have had more fun in three hours than they will between
now and their cranky exit. Thanks, RADP, for showing us the
way
;-)
As we go to catch our last internal bus of the trip, back to the hotel,
we’re in line all by ourselves. Until a group of
about
forty joins us. Gavin, as has been his practice all week,
strikes
up a conversation with Amanda. She looks to be about 20, and
is
here with a “psych group,” whatever that
means. He
wants to know if the guy sleeping next to her is her boyfriend, and if
the guy standing up next to us is her brother. He tells her
he’s 7 and in pre-k. (I hope as he gets older, his
‘lines’ get better.) She enjoys the
conversation as
much as we do, and Gavin has yet again helped make some down time more
fun.
Our Magical Express bus back to the airport is actually a Cruise Line
bus. It’s kind of odd that these busses
aren’t wheel
chair accessible, as the poor couple outside have just
discovered. They’re being told they have to call
something
special. Doesn’t sound right.
I get to see yet another example of Gavin’s outgoing nature
in
the rest room at the Orlando airport. There’s a
janitor in
there whistling away, and singing softly in Spanish. Gavin
stands
right next to his cart, looking up into his face. The man
looks
down at him and smiles, never wavering in his work or tune, and Gavin
gives him a big grin back. And then on our way back out to
the
gate, Gavin’s singing in ‘Spanish’, just
making up
words as he goes along. Now he takes a seat in the window
with a
two-year-old boy, playing some sort of hand game, just keeping him
entertained. This boy will go far.
So our sixth grandbaby Disney adventure has come to an end.
We
really are lucky. We’ve been able to give something
very
special to each of these kids, both in terms of Disney fun and the kind
of focused attention you can only get when you’re an only
child
on holiday. And they’ve given so much enjoyment to
us. After making three such trips this year, it’s a
little
hard for us to imagine not making a trip next year, since
Colby’s
only 3 now. Maybe we need to start recycling.
Elysia’s almost 10 already ;-)
Back
to
Top
Grandbabies
5.0, CAITLYN, May 31 – June 7
A few years ago, we borrowed another Disney fan's idea and started
taking our grandchildren for a week at Disney World the spring before
they go into kindergarten. We take them one at a time so we
can
focus purely on the one child, which has led to a fairly busy schedule
this year, since three of our kids had babies the same spring five
years ago. Haley went with us in April and Gavin will go at
the
end of July, but this trip is Caitlyn's. (Laurie gets a bonus
– she has four days of training starting June 8, so it will
be
her longest stay so far.)
This report is fairly long, not because we cover every single thing we
do, but because we like to capture the feel of our
experience. If
there’s any thing that you’re not familiar with or
that
doesn’t make sense, just ask. We love to answer.
We expect this will be a different kind of trip. Caitlyn is a
theme park veteran, has flown before, and has done a fair amount of
long-distance traveling. One bonus of that is that her mom
knows
how to get everything we thought we might need (plus a couple of cool
things we hadn’t thought of) in her small overnight
bag.
But Laurie discovered a potential downside to all her experience a few
weeks ago during a conversation in which Caitie was talking about her
family’s recent trip to Jamaica for her uncle’s
wedding. Now keep in mind that most of their long-distance
travel
has been either to family member homes or to time-share
suites.
So Caitie was a little miffed about how crummy their hotel in Jamaica
was, because it ONLY HAD ONE ROOM!!! Well buck up, little
cowgirl, our Disney hotel is pretty much going to have the same number.
Since we live three hours apart with the airport between us,
we'll be meeting Caitlyn and her mom at the airport. Our trip
goes well, but Tina’s fighting her way through rush hour
traffic. The brief interim gives Laurie an opportunity to
notice
that her jeans feel a little loose. (We’ve both
lost about
ten pounds since our last trip.) But I remind her that we
learned
on that trip how to make a really cool emergency belt out of Mickey
headbands.
The van arrives and Caitlyn’s very excited about the
trip.
We go through the usual document exchange with Mom and discuss the
items in her carry-on, and are a little concerned when we get to the
medicines. But it turns out she’s just finishing up
with a
bad cold, so hopefully we won’t need anything stronger than
Kleenex. Tina tells me that Caitie often likes to write in a
journal at night. "Cool," I say. Mom knowingly
replies
"Yeah. You just have to tell her how to spell all the
words." Oh.
But enough of this unimportant stuff, Caitie wants to know if
we
can go on Splash Mountain first [our favorite ride, a log flume with
Brer Rabbit theming], and Laurie tells her no, we'll be at Animal
Kingdom on Day 1. “Can that be the second thing we
do?” No, we'll be at Animal Kingdom.
You’ll get
to decide what we do more than you’re used to, but except for
the
last day, we’ll pick the parks.
We stop (as is our custom) at the Burger King just outside security
inside the Buffalo airport, mostly to get the feel of the sounds of the
airport while still in a relative comfort zone. We know
she’s flown, but it can’t hurt.
Grandma’s going
to get the food while I watch all our stuff, and Caitie gets to pick
who to go with. To no one’s surprise she picks
Laurie, and
it's soon apparent that she's not quite sure about me yet. On
the
way up to the counter however, we do see our first official 'skip' of
the trip. She’s ready.
On our way down to our gate we get to the moving walkway, which she
remembers from her last flight. We get on in
Laurie-Caitie-Don
order and keep walking, but about halfway down she tests our statement
that she would get to decide a lot of things, by stopping right in
front of me. I complain just a little about getting held up,
which gives her a little giggle. Yes sir, bonding through
teasing, this should help prepare her for school.
We’re on the plane now, and I’m not sure if she
knows
something we don't, but this is the first time we've had one of the
kids pull out the plane evacuation diagram. She tells
Grandma,
"We're going to go out 'A'". I’m thinking
“Damn right
we are, but it better be into a jetway in Orlando.”
There’s no fear in her voice at all, just curiosity when she
asks
Grandma how it works when the air masks fall out of the
ceiling.
We've always felt the little ones are usually best served when you find
a way to answer their questions honestly, and it's becoming apparent
that she has a million of them, and I bet her mom and dad have already
answered at least several hundred thousand. It's definitely
not
going to be a boring trip, we haven't left the ground yet and she's
thrown out a week's worth of conversation.
She has quite a sense of humor too; as soon as they start pushing us
back from the gate she looks up at Laurie with a little grin and says
"I think maybe I don't want to fly." It turns out though that
she’s the first of the kids who has REALLY appreciated the
window
seat, pointing out all kinds of cool things to me. A few
minutes
after we’ve distributed the tasty Airline Peanuts, she
announces
to us that “I'm making peanut butter in my mouth."
And
we’re only almost over Pittsburgh when she looks up at Laurie
with a mischievous grin, bounces her shoulders a little, and sing-songs
in sort of a Goofy voice "are we THERE yet???"
We’ve been in the air a little over an hour now,
and
it’s starting to get dark. We had asked her earlier
what
time she usually goes to bed, and she told us she usually goes as soon
as her eyes start getting dizzy. Must be they are now, because she
still has her seat belt on and is laying her head on Laurie's leg,
leaving a wake-up call for just before we land, because that's the fun
part. We wake her up shortly after breaking through the clouds over
Daytona and she says "HEY, I see some lights!! I think it's
one
of the parks!" Flying over some of greater Orlando's lakes,
she
wants to know which ones are the water parks. We soon
discover
why the landing is the most fun part, as she leans as far forward as
she can so her whole weight is on the belt. Once the arms are
up
and the wheels are down and they reverse the engines, it IS sort of a
thrill ride, complete with the requisite giggling.
Three times between the plane and the inter-terminal monorail we hear
"It's beautiful in here. It's like a hotel." We
kind of
take it for granted at this point, but it IS kind of pretty.
Our
Magical Express [brand new free Disney transport program] luggage tags
didn’t reach us in time, so we spot the big Mickey hand in
the
main terminal lobby. The instructions (relayed by a series of
helpful folks) are very simple: take those elevators right over there
down to Level 1, right across from the elevator is the Disney desk, get
your travel vouchers, go down and get your bags yourselves (or point
them out to Disney staff for transport), go to the ME station outside,
they’ll load your bags, and you’ll get on the
bus.
And it works exactly like that.
Our bus pulls out 15 minutes after we get outside the
building.
If you hear complaints about Magical Express from people who regularly
use Tiffany or some such, remember we’re talking apples and
oranges there. If you compare it to Mears (which we most
often
use), it’s quite favorable from our perspective.
The bus is
very comfortable, complete with TV’s playing Brother
Bear.
Not long after we’re on the road, the driver tells us
we’ll
come back to the Bear in a few minutes, after we’ve watched a
short Disney DVD showing newer attractions. Caitlyn wants to
know
what day we're going to be seeing each of those things. She
still
wants to do Splash first, but patiently listens to us describe our
general plans for Days 1 - 5.
She asks us "How many Disneys are there?" Well, some people
would
say one, but our answer is four and we list them for her and can see
her mentally arranging the days of our trip. We always
introduce
the parks to the kids in the same order, Animal Kingdom, MGM, Epcot,
and Magic Kingdom, because we’ve found that keeps their
interest
up the best for each of the parks. But she ultimately wants
to
know "What day is it when I get to pick where we go?" We
always
give the kids complete freedom to pick where we go on our last day
(knowing that it will be Magic Kingdom), and that’s
apparently
important to Caitie.
Her mom is a big-time Disney fan as well, so I believe she’s
seen
almost every movie represented at Disney World (at least 31, by my
quick count), and will likely have a deeper appreciation of many of the
attractions as a result. For example, she's very excited to
see
Herbie the Love Bug.
We tell her that we always unpack everything as soon as we get to our
room, and she’ll have her own drawer for all of her
stuff.
She immediately decides that she needs Drawer # 5. We tell
her
that she can have the bottom of the 4-drawer, but she insists she has
to have Drawer # 5 because she’s 5. We give her the
famous
‘we’ll see’.
We don't really get the details, but Caitlyn is having It's a Small
World for her graduation this summer. I ask her what
graduation,
and she tells me "the one so I can go to kindergarten."
And now she’s very, very excited because we just drove under
that
Welcome to Disney World arch, which means we're here. (I was
talking about Caitlyn, but Laurie has the same face.) We're
doing
the fist pump and chair dance, "we're here... we're here... we're
really really here."
Our bus stops briefly at Pop Century and Animal Kingdom Lodge, then on
to our home at All Star Sports. It’s exactly an
hour and a
half between the time our plane touches the ground and the time we walk
into our room. That’s about what we experience with
Mears,
so we have no complaints. Caitie spots a toad on the ground
outside the building, and wants to know if it's real. She
later
shows it to Laurie and decides it must be a girl, "because look at the
eyes."
We have friends who have stays here overlapping ours, and Laurie had
worked on getting rooms near each other. Apparently the only
way
they could do that was to free upgrade us to a preferred room, so we're
right on the back of the Surf building, on the end right across from
the food court. Sweet. We get into our room and
launch into
the unpacking. I count off the drawers for Caitlyn, and
coincidentally, Drawer #5 just happens to be the bottom of the
four-drawer. She's quite happy things worked out for her.
As we settle in for bed, Laurie tells her that if she gets scared
during the night, just say “Grandma” and Laurie
will wake
right up. It can’t be more than two minutes and we
hear her
say “Grandma,” and look over to see an impish
little
grin. A little later though, she does say "Grandma, could you
lay
down with me just until I go to sleep?" Grandma does, and
she’s out in two minutes. Caitlyn, that is.
It’s 12:30 now, but I’m sure we’ll all be
bright-eyed
and ready to see Animal Kingdom tomorrow. We’re
very much
looking forward to another unique, enjoyable, and memorable
trip.
This one will be, as it turns out, complete with Academy Awards and ant
funerals and Cotton Rides and six Dinosaur Rides. (The
dinosaur
ride isn’t the Dinosaur ride, and you get 30 bonus points if
you
can figure out what the Cotton Ride is before we get there.)
And
as a bonus to me, there will be no mention of a
‘journal’
the entire trip ;-)
Grandbabies 5.1, Animal Kingdom
Laurie, Don, and 5-year-old granddaughter Caitlyn, on the first park
day of our week-long June adventure.
We set our wakeup call for 7:15 this morning, but it's raining like
hell and Laurie’s been hearing thunder since 3am and there
are
tornado warnings in effect until 11am for several surrounding counties,
so we're going to lay in a bit. This in spite of the wakeup
call,
which I enjoyed back when it was Mickey saying “up
’n at
’em”, but which is much less cute now that
it’s
Stitch. I almost want to roll over and go back to sleep just
to
spite the little bugger.
I have a shirt I wear once in a while, a very brightly colored shirt
with half inch squares/rectangles of orange and red and yellow and
black and silver and a hard-to-describe pattern blended in as
well. It’s a little loud, but I like it, and I
always seem
to end up wearing it to Animal Kingdom because it breathes really well
and AK is always so hot. It’s loud enough that I
was
walking through the mall at home one time with it and heard a voice I
didn’t recognize say “Is there some place I can buy
a shirt
like that, or do you have to get it as a gift?” I
was a
little surprised to find the voice belonged to a 20-year-old stranger
with a grubby t-shirt under a worn black leather vest, 40”
baggy
shredded jeans on 30” legs, and a couple pounds of metal
hanging
off various parts of his face. “I think
it’s one of a
kind,” I replied, “but if you’re looking
to upgrade,
I can probably part with it.” He and his buddies
decided
that wouldn’t be necessary, and I was glad I could provide a
brief bit of entertainment for them.
But this morning, when I come out of the bathroom wearing it, Caitlyn
innocently says “Your shirt makes you look a little
funny.” So I guess Slash wasn’t out of
line after
all, turns out I’M the rebel.
We actually end up heading out of the room for Animal Kingdom about
9:30. Caitie reports that "I've seen lots of aminals, but
I've
never been to Aminal Kingdom." We get into the park at 10:10
and
the rain is just starting to ease up. It’s no
surprise that
the tip board says we won’t have to wait much for anything we
might want to see.
Our timing is right for the Festival of the Lion King [musical
theater-in-the-round stage show], so we make our way back toward Camp
Minnie-Mickey. Caitie spots Goofy
‘fishing’ as we
cross the little bridge and mentions it but doesn't suggest
stopping. [They have a number of scenes with life-size
replicas
of the characters in this section of the park.]
She’s used
to operating on someone else’s schedule, as are all kids her
age,
so we remind her that this trip is different and that if
there’s
anything she wants to spend some time with, we’ll either do
it
right then or make sure we find time to do it later. So right
now, I tell her we need to check out this ‘fishing’
thing. She’s giggling quite a bit as she points out
to
Laurie that Donald has caught a boot, and that Goofy is pretending to
be fishing, but he’s really sleeping, and he has a VERY big
sandwich and apple, and he doesn't even have string on his pole, which
is a good thing or he would be catching the ducks that are swimming
by. As we walk away, she says "I LOVE this place."
Caitlyn gets autographs from Chip and Dale and Goofy, and then gets in
a long line for Mickey and Minnie. When we’re about
two-thirds through the line, the Mice need to take a break for a few
minutes (reportedly for some cheesecake), and we all decide to bail to
get to the Lion King show on time. She isn’t quite
ready to
be a participant yet; she offers no tusks to help out the Warthog
Section. [The audience is divided into four sections, us
being
Warthogs.] I can’t help it, I still get chills
during that
opening song of the Lion King. And Caitie is bobbing and
weaving
to see around the folks in front of us so she can take in every
character in the show.
She’s VERY excited when Timon comes out, in spite of her
undisguised disgust with me when I inadvertently call him
Timba.
She loves the Tumble Monkeys, and clearly thinks it’s a great
show overall. It occurs to me that, though we love the show
and
make sure we see it every trip, there are two ways it could be improved
immensely -- shorten the Lion Sleeps Tonight number to about 11
seconds, and go back to singers who are more interested in faithful
representations of the originals than in trying to outdo each other
with vocal gymnastics. Laurie was a little disappointed in
Flying
Girl and Helper also, as they didn’t seem quite as graceful
as
past performers. I can’t knock any of them too much
though,
since I’m the kind of guy who says things like
“Here comes
Timba!”
Caitie, whose disposable camera currently holds only one shot of our
hotel room, urgently wants to get a picture of the finale.
(It
hasn’t always worked that way with the kids, I remember
Alexis
filling her camera with blackbirds and toads.) As we leave,
she
tells us she loved everything except the part where Timon was
mean. Not remembering what that part might have been, she
points
out that after we stood up he yelled "GET OUUUTTTT!!!"
It seems odd that as we’re walking back over to see Minnie
and
Mickey, I’m in the happiest place on earth and hearing
background
classical guitar playing “Brother Can You Spare a
Dime.” What are they trying to tell me?
We have a To
Each His Own moment with a woman in the queue whose favorite things at
Disney World are Tarzan Rocks and Fantasmic; those two are both on
Laurie’s and my Probably Won’t See Again list.
We manage to just get into the Pocahontas show [where she teaches about
saving the forest, with help from animated trees and real animals],
even though it has already started. No loss, as Caitie seems
nearly as bored with it as I am. But in another stroke of
good
timing, we are just exiting the show when Daddy calls. The first thing
she tells him is "We haven't ridden any rides yet!", but her voice and
facial expression are telling us that that isn’t yet a fatal
flaw. After a bit, she looks up from the phone and asks "Are
we
going to the Stinkbug after we eat?" You just can’t
get
conversation like THAT at home.
One of the things we’ve learned from the kids on these trips
is
how much eye candy there is overhead. Most adults
don’t
tend to look ‘up’ much, but kids are always looking
up just
to interact with adults so they notice all kinds of things up
high. And Caitie is loving the ladybug streetlights near
Pizzafari. We go to the Tusker House for lunch, and Caitlyn
has
selected the mac&cheese, an excellent choice. Elysia
had told
us Disney’s mac&cheese is the best anywhere, but
Haley had
declared it “too cheesy.” You might want
to keep that
in mind when you ask someone’s opinion of any particular
Disney
food or resort or attraction or transportation or whatever.
(See
Tarzan/Fantasia discussion above.) Apparently, it’s
‘just right’ for Caitie though.
After lunch, we get FastPasses for the Safari and head out to
Rafiki’s Planet Watch. After parking the stroller,
I find
myself walking down the path behind my two babes with their sleeveless
shirts and their shorts and their little white sneakers and their
happy, bouncy walks and life is good. Caitlyn is very excited
when she sees the train pull in. I assume she’s
been on one
before, but maybe not. The train guy talks about the
Affection
Section (petting zoo), and she tells Laurie "I'm not petting any
alligators!" I think she saw the Safari on the TV in the room
and
is getting the two mixed up.
When we get to Conservation Station, I stop to take a break outside
while the girls go inside, and I soon experience another first, a phone
call from the Rafiki line. This is the first time
we’ve
both had cell phones with us, and we’re loving it.
Laurie’s letting me know that instead of checking out the
exhibits first, they’re getting autographs from Pocahontas,
Rafiki, and Stanley. I catch up with them as
they’re
finishing up, and suggest we check out one of the sound booths.
We put the headphones on and settle in for ‘Song of the
Rainforest’, which turns out to be another heavy-handed Save
The
Forest cautionary tale. We don’t even get to the
thunderstorm though, as Caitlyn dumps the headphones about a minute in,
when the bugs start flying around our ears. Laurie and I look
at
each other and mentally note that Drew Carey’s Sounds
Dangerous
is not in the cards for this trip. I think the sounds are way
cooler than Caitie does, but the story leaves me wanting to exit early
also. Love those headphones though, I definitely have to get
me a
pair of those babies before Star Wars 3 gets to DVD.
Caitlyn says she hates spiders, but spends at least 15 minutes checking
them all out. Of course these are different from the spiders
at
home, being the behind-the-glass kind and all. I
wouldn’t
have thought she’d have any critter issues, given that when I
was
at her house last summer she walked up to me with a little beach pail
containing two massive slugs, which she had named (logically enough)
Aurora and Rose. We also get to see a small room with
hundreds of
butterflies and she wants to know if they're all brothers and
sisters. Must not have been listening closely to the message
from
Pocahontas, apparently we all are. (Which reminds me, my
shirt’s the Color of the Wind, so back off, Munchkin.)
We go outside to the Affection Section now, and are relieved that there
are no alligators in sight. Lots of goats and a few sheep,
but no
gators. A goat seems to be reaching for whatever's in
Caitie’s fanny pack, which she finds kind of
humorous. She
doesn’t want to walk away, because she wants to pet him, but
she
doesn’t want him messing with her snacks either, so
she’s
trying this cute little junior contortionist deal where her shoulders
are headed north and her hips are headed southwest.
They have a neat little low-elevation Jungle Gym sort of thing for the
goats to climb on. A woman near us is surprised to see that
the
maker of this unit is the same company that did their playground back
home. Her husband is surprised she’s surprised,
quite
sensibly wondering if she thinks a company could make a go of it
selling just goat recreational equipment.
By the time we leave, we’ve set several new records -- 15
minutes
with the spiders, 20 minutes with snakes and lizards and butterflies,
at least 20 minutes petting goats and sheep, more than an hour and a
half total, counting the autographs. Maybe this
ISN’T a
half-day park. Caitie says our next destination should be the
other place you can pet animals. "You know, the
Safari."
[Not a petting zoo, but she doesn’t know that yet.]
The music on the path between Conservation Station and the train would
make excellent going to sleep music. In fact,
Laurie’s had
a bit of an upset stomach, and credits this music for calming
that. As we ride the train back to Harambe, it doesn't seem
to us
like Caitlyn’s paying any attention to our
conductor’s
listing of the various AK attractions. When she mentions the
kids' playground in Dinoland, though, Caitie immediately says "That's
me, I'm going there." It’s fairly crowded on the
tight path
up from the train station, and she reaches back and grabs me by the
wrist for the first time. We’ve had a little less
than a
day to bond, but it turns out I’m an okay guy and almost as
good
a safety zone as Grandma.
She appears to be loving the Safari. I’m a little
worried
about her neck, what with her head whipping around so much in every
direction. Early in the tour, she’s a little
concerned. “Are we driving through the
RIVER???"
Yes. "Are we going to drown?" Doubtful.
They’ve
changed the route to Lion Rock [a high rocky section where you can
sometimes see a lion or lioness or both] a bit, so Caitie spots it
before we do. "Simbaaaaaa!!!!"
We’re going to head down to Dinoland now, but we need to stop
in
the Harambe Square because Caitie needs some popcorn. Despite
the
rain, there are a couple 8-year-olds pulling the ropes that activate
the misters on the corner, giggling profusely.
She’s quite
impressed when we get to the point on the path that has the overlook
with the Picture Spot of the Tree of Life [the central icon
of
Animal Kingdom, a giant ‘tree’ with hundreds of
animals
carved in the trunk]. That’s a lot of aminals, she
thinks. In fact, it occurs to me that if you stand there as
long
as 10 minutes, you’re bound to learn how to pronounce dozens
of
animal names with a British accent.
As we approach Dinoland, Caitlyn’s giving us a very lengthy
description of long-necks, and wants to know if there's one of those
there. She’s telling us all about how long the neck
is,
"and that doesn't even count the head!" We’re
comforted to
learn that she’s never seen one for real, she’s
just looked
at them on the computer. I ask her if I can have a little bit
of
her popcorn, and she says “You can have as much as you
want." What a sweetheart. Later on though, Grandma
reaches
in and grabs a big handful and Caitie turns around and calmly tells her
"Don't forget, I'm sick." A little is fine, but if
you’re
going to be a hog, you should probably get your own.
It turns out the Boneyard play area isn’t of interest after
all,
as we sail right by without comment. We spend a little time
watching Lucky (the new free-standing audio-animatronic dinosaur), and
Lucky's cool. Not quite as cool as Crush [we’ll get
to him
later], but then who is? We decide Laurie and Caitlyn are
going
to ride the Triceratops Spin [a Dumbo clone], while I take a Primeval
Whirl [a Wild Mouse type coaster]. We tell Caitie
she’s not
tall enough for that one, but she’s not going to just take
our
word for it, we have to take her over and stand her by the yardstick to
prove it. Okay, no problem.
I end up sharing the Whirl with a 6'4" 30-year-old manly-man wearing a
"Finish Every Play" t-shirt, along with his slightly older, slightly
shorter, slightly less studly brother. But they both look
like
they were probably captain of their college rugby team. The older one
hasn't ridden this before, and it’s soon apparent that
he’s
not crazy about hanging over the edge at the top. But then
once
we start spinning, both of the manly-men are giggling like 12-year-old
girls. Ah, the great equalizer.
Our rides get done about the same time, and Caitlyn runs over to me and
chirps "Was your ride good, Papa?" She wants me to get a
chance
to ride HER ride, so we do. As we get near the front of the
line,
she looks up at me and asks "Are you excited about this
ride?"
Well obviously! And we go up, and we go down, and
we’re
bouncing, and she’s giggling, and “Can we do that
again?” We would, but we don’t want to
miss the
parade.
On our way out of Dinoland, we ask her if she wants to go down and get
an autograph from Pooh or Eeyore. She thinks for a few
seconds,
then says "Not now." As we walk along, I consider it partial
payback for annoying me so much when I see a cast member having to
stand there bouncing that damned four-foot ball while it's
raining. We eventually arrive at our chosen parade spot near
Tusker Square, and decide that we need some ice cream. Well,
Laurie and I do anyway. We each have a waffle cone and
Caitlyn
selects the Fruit Smoothy, which is a purplish berry
concoction.
And of course this being Animal Kingdom, there are no lids on the
container. And of course there is NO color of clothing that
goes
well with a Fruit Smoothy. Any kindergarten teacher or
cafeteria
worker will tell you that most five-year-olds wear some food, and ours
is no exception. She’s got a little orange juice on
the
front of her shorts, a big glob of berry on her shirt front, and a
little circle of berry on her butt. Probably trying to outdo
my
shirt.
When the first parade character gets to us, Caitlyn starts
waving. And she never puts her hand down until the parade is
finished. Girl’s a pro. She’s
quite amused (and
I’m a little freaked out) that Minnie's jeep has eyelashes
over
the headlights that wink. And the bubble bath is hilarious,
as
are Goofy’s golf clubs ready to fall on the ground. We had
chosen
this spot so we could see the parade both start and finish, but
she’s getting tired so we head out. In fact, we
haven’t gone very far before she’s sleeping in the
stroller.
Back at the All Stars, Caitie says we should follow her to the
room. She’s walking along fifteen yards ahead of
us,
peeking over her shoulder periodically to see kind of where we're
aiming, then leading us there. You know that several elements
of
body language can mean more than one thing, but there's only ever one
thing that skipping means. Life is good.
In the room, Caitlyn wants to talk into my recorder, and her initial
offering is "Grandma and Papa had a very good day with me." I
couldn't have said it better myself. The TV is already on
channel
fiveteen [the main Disney channel] when we get to the room, so we catch
the last ten minutes of some Toon Disney bilge called Dave the
Barbarian. If you haven't seen it, please don't encourage
them. But then we get treated to the beginning of the
Hunchback
of Notre Dame. And Laurie and I are reminded of how much we
miss
that show at MGM. There are few things that are quite as
gripping
to me as that chorus singing about the bells bells bells bells bells
bells bells bells bells of No-truh DAAAHHHHHHMMMMM.
After a very refreshing nap, we’re headed to the Grand
Floridian
for a character dinner at 1900 Park Faire. [You
don’t
actually eat the characters, but 4 or 5 of them will come around to
tables for autographs and pictures.] On the way to our hotel
bus
stop, Caitie and I decide to take the long cut around the end of the
building and meet Laurie out front. I say something about how
we’re going out to wait for the bus, and she corrects me
instantly. "I'm not waiting for the BUS, I'm waiting for
GRANDMA." Yes, well I suppose, first things first.
We get off our bus at the Magic Kingdom to walk over to the monorail
station. Caitie perhaps sees it up ahead when she confidently
tells us "Follow me!" Sure, we’ll see where we end
up. [Part of the bay juts out between the bus stops and the
monorail station.] She’s skipping along until she
gets up
to the head of the bus stops, then suddenly stops and turns to us and
says "I have one question. How do we get over there when
there's
water between us?" Well, I guess we’ll just have to
go
around the water. She’s unreasonably excited to see
all the
Mickey-shaped stones in the Magic Kingdom walkway, walking along saying
“Mickey Mickey Mickey Mickey” in much the same
voice as
that dog on TV says Bacon Bacon Bacon. Glad we
didn’t have
to spend long on THAT path.
When we get to the restaurant, Goofy is out in the hall so we begin to
get the autograph book and camera out. She already met Goofy
this
morning, so she tells us she doesn't need his autograph or a picture,
she just wants to hug him. And as we go to get in line, she
informs me “You can sit with Grandma, I can do this
myself.” And then proves her point. Then
it’s
time for a bathroom break, and as the girls head off, she tells me
“If Cinderella comes out, you tell her I'm in the
bathroom." Bet Cindy never gets tired of hearing
THAT. I
need to make a stop also, which lets me overhear a cute conversation
between a guy and the baby girl he’s changing in the
men’s
room. “Daddy, you have to wash your hands after you
touch
my hiney." He tells her he cleaned them with a wet wipe, but
you
and I both know he totally didn't.
Never having eaten here, I’m surprised by the volume in 1900
Park
Faire for the character meal. I can’t remember ever
having
eaten in a louder place, though Laurie believes Chef Mickey’s
and
the Crystal Palace are louder. It’s just a big
ol’
rectangular room with no sound absorption, and when you fill it with
people and 40% of them are small children, it reminds me a little of
Wal-Mart on Christmas Eve, only with less pushing.
There’s
a very nice selection at the buffet, which we’re soon
enjoying. I can’t believe how much this diet has
taken over
me though, I get back to the table to discover that I’ve put
both
carrots and broccoli on my plate. How the hell did THAT
happen?
Caitlyn enjoys getting an autograph and picture with Cinderella and
later, one of the Mice. But when she sees Prince Charming
making
his rounds, she tells us she doesn't want his autograph.
Laurie
protests, but Caitie simply tells her “YOU can get it if you
want, but I’M not going to.” And
she’s serious,
because once he gets within a couple tables of us, she comes around to
the chair on my side of the table (probably to avoid being too close if
Grandma gets all girly). And when he gets to the table next
to
ours, she’s actually slinking down and almost hiding under
the
table. We’ve concluded that perhaps the Prince is
too
handsome, and thus a little intimidating for her. I must have
the
same effect on people, because nobody ever wants my autograph either.
When he finally gets to our table, he looks down at Caitlyn and she
simply points to Laurie, with no expression on her face
whatsoever. He takes the autograph book and pen from Laurie,
and
while he’s signing, he says to Caitlyn "Can I get a picture
with
you Princess?" Without hesitation she says "Nope," and points
to
Laurie again. So I have a beautiful picture of Laurie and the
Prince. As we’re finishing dinner, we’re
talking
about favorite things we did today, and favorite Disney movies, and
favorite characters. She asks me who my favorite character
is,
and I pull out my best Eeyore voice and say “Nobody cares
about
the donkey.” She looks up at me with a face full of
sincerity and says "I do." Oh, you little
sweetheart. And
she’ll bring this back up on our last day, too.
It’s getting close to 8:00 now, so Laurie gives Caitie a
choice
of going back to the pool for a while before bed or going to the Magic
Kingdom for a bit. Surprisingly, she says "I think it's past
my
bedtime, we probably should go back to the room." No
problem. We get back and tell her to change into her swimming
gear, and she tells me “I'm going to leave my blue earrings
on,
because the BLUE ones are waterproof, okay? Just so you
know." Okay. Then there's a 10-second pause before
she
grins and says "I'm just messin' with you, ALL my earrings are
waterproof." And I’m here to tell you, being
‘messed’ with by a five-year-old is fairly
entertaining.
We spend quite a bit of time in the pool, but still should be quite
rested for rope drop at MGM tomorrow.
Grandbabies 5.2, MGM, Epcot
Laurie, Don, and 5-year-old granddaughter Caitlyn, on the second day of
our week-long June adventure.
We’re all feeling pretty good and ready to go this
morning.
Laurie’s upset tummy is fixed, Caitlyn has worked her way
down to
just a slightly runny nose, and we’ll be on our way to MGM by
8:30. Caitie is getting a little impatient while us old folks
finish getting ready, and wants to go outside. We open the
curtains all the way and tell her she can wait right outside the window
where she can see us. Which she happily does. She
knows how
to use her room key now, if only she were big enough to actually move
that very heavy door.
Magic Kingdom must still be popular on Thursdays, there’s a
bus
and a half of people waiting at that bus stop, a handful of people each
for AK and Epcot, and a dozen of us for MGM. When we get to
the
park and approach the gates, Caitie says "There's the hat we made on
our picture!" [MGM’s central icon is a
100’ blue
Sorcerer Mickey hat.] It’s not uncommon to prepare
the kids
with drawings of the park icons, and say what you want, that hat HAS to
be a lot easier to draw than the Chinese Theater.
Laurie somehow crumpled her annual pass in her pocket and now it won't
fit in the turnstile. Caitlyn and I are already through, but
Laurie’s stuck there. The CM has her back to
Laurie, busily
chatting away with a family in her native language, helping them quite
a bit I’m sure, but completely ignoring Laurie and the folks
in
line behind her. So when Laurie rises from simmer to slow
burn,
she simply walks through the stroller gate without using her ticket and
heads over to Guest Relations to replace it. The street is
full
for rope drop, so Caitie and I sneak up through the shops on the left
and end up about three people from the rope. Laurie catches
up to
us just as the Good Morning Music comes up. [When we talk
about
‘rope drop’, they let people through the turnstiles
a bit
before the parks actually open, then hold them behind a rope up the
street somewhere until 9:00, when they have a musical welcome and then
remove the ropes. If you can ‘make rope
drop’, you
get an hour or so of fairly empty park (and short lines) before the
crowd starts to build later.]
We get back near the hat, and Caitlyn says "Cool, are those plants
real?" She's spotting the topiaries for the first time, and
she's
really impressed with both Mickey and the Brooms, because she loves
both Fantasia movies. Fantasia is one of those movies that
wouldn't register with the casual 5-year-old Disney kid, but the Disney
mom's Disney kid is all over it. (I think Mickey may have
also
received some kind of ‘award’ for Fantasia, as
we’ll
learn later in the trip.) A couple sitting near the Brown
Derby
are in Week 5 of a month-long trip, and tell us they haven’t
had
a drop of rain all month until these two days that we’ve been
here. Boy I feel special now!
Now for those of you who haven't been part of the Playhouse Disney fun
(which is no doubt all of you without small children), the 'plot' of
the show is that Bear comes out and dances with all the kids, but
Tutter is too shy to dance. So they bring out groups of
friends,
one by one, including JoJo, Stanley, and Pooh, to teach Tutter lessons
about how you don't need to be shy around friends. (I take
the
same lessons, but mine involve about a half bottle of most any kind of
wine.) And sprinkled throughout are a half dozen rousing
30-second dance numbers that (most of) the kids love. Caitlyn
works her way from sitting for the first dance, to up on one foot for
another, to both feet flat and squatting for the next. When
the
last song comes, she actually stands up, but before they really get it
going, she fairly urgently sits again. So close.
We come out of the Playhouse and we're just in time to make the next
showing of the Voyage of the Little Mermaid [combination of puppetry,
movie, live action and song]. I take my poncho off on the way
in,
and Caitie warns me "you'd better put that back on, because it's going
to rain when the lights look like waves." [They have misters
that
make you feel like you’re going underwater.] But
with all
the rain outside, it doesn’t rain inside, even though Caitlyn
was
completely prepared to hide under Grandma’s arm. We
all
enjoy the show as usual though.
She doesn't remember the Great Movie Ride [where you ride by stationary
scenes from several movies], but as soon as we get inside she
recognizes the rope configuration and the memorabilia and says "I
remember this ride, it's the one that has the Fantasia video and I
thought I was going to be scared but I wasn't." Not buyin' it
there, kiddo, as it turns out to be your scariest ride of the
trip. Grandma reminds her that everything in here is pretend,
so
she doesn't need to get worried. I tell her even I'M pretend,
and
she looks at me and says "You're an actor???" Yep, it's a
pretty
cool gig, too, giving tours to 5-year-olds. Grandma tells her
"Papa is so much fun to bring to Disney." Gee, all these
years I
thought I was making Disney trips. Who knew I was just
Laurie's
life-size Pal Mickey [a Mickey doll that informs and entertains].
Things are fine at the start, she really likes Mary Poppins.
Then
Muggsy takes over our car. I wouldn't have thought a
50-year-old
woman would make a very convincing Muggsy, but Caitlyn's buried in
Laurie's armpit now. Then she's got her whole body turned
away
from the Alien, because even though it's so muggy this morning that you
can't really see the Alien through the fog, the sound is all about bad
bad things about to happen. She’s really creeped
out by the
mummy room, also. You stop and think about it, this ride has
gangsters shooting at each other, cowboys, aliens, creepy archeological
sites, snakes, and mummies. How weird is it that the most
normal
thing in the whole place for a little kid might be a
Munchkin?
Speaking of which, Caitie must not be a big Oz fan, since she calls
Dorothy by her original script name of "Wizard of Oz Girl."
We're walking down towards the Muppets end of the park when Caitlyn
spots a gate at the end of the street with a big frog on it and says "I
REMEMBER THIS PLACE!!!" I ask what place, and she says "IT'S
WHERE YOU GET A FROG'S AUTOGRAPH!!!" Which might possibly be
the
answer to the question "What foolishness would you LIKE to
see."
The top half of the mural at the end of San Francisco Street seems
stripped and ready for repainting. Doesn't seem like it's
been
there long enough to need refurbishing, I wonder if some artist put an
Oakland building in there by mistake and now they have to remove
it. There's a cool billboard on the end of Studio 7, with a
young
soccer leg and ball and the message "Without sports, weekends would be
weekdays." I know that doesn't mean anything, but hey, it
caught
me.
It’s still drizzling heavily, so the Honey I Shrunk the Kids
Playground [complete with 15’ grass, 3’
Lego’s, and
kid-sized drain spouts] is closed. Understandable, as I
imagine
they have enough face plants in there when everything ISN'T
slippery. The CM tells me that if the drizzle doesn't get any
worse than this, they'll probably run Lights, Motors, Action [a car
stunt show], but if it starts raining any heavier they'll
cancel.
Guess we're not going to build any plans around it today. We
notice they've changed that little food counter to a Mediterranean
menu, one of many food changes over the last several months which give
us a lot bigger variety than I remember having before.
As we head back up New York Street toward the Muppets, Caitlyn gets her
first good look at the end of the street and asks "Is that a painted
street up there?" Good eye. [It’s a
30’ high
mural that looks from a distance like it’s another mile of
street.] She wants to know if we can go look at it, and
except
for the first hour or so in each park (when we make a point to see the
busy attractions before they get busy) we'd be more than happy to see
just about anything she wants to look at. She thinks it's
very
cool the way they make it look like a real street. Then she
says
something about the buildings not being real like they are on the
street we just walked up, so I take her to the corner and have her look
down the street at those store fronts. Then we walk about
twenty
feet east and look down the back of the facades. She just
giggles
and giggles.
With the drizzle and a few things closed, the Muppet line is actually
folded across the front of the building and runs out past the
fountain. We haven't been in line very long when she asks
Grandma
if she'll save our spot in line while she shows Papa
something.
Sure, Grandma says. So she drags me up to the exterior of the
Tatooine Traders and puts her hand on the stuccoish wall and says
"Look." I ask her what's in there and she says "nothing, it
just
looks really cool." I've thought the same thing since they
built
it.
Caitie giggles a LOT through the pre-show [all Muppet routines
–
the main show is a 3-D Muppet movie], as do most of the other folks in
the room. Always a bonus when you get to see lots of people
getting the gags for the first time, it seems to make the show newer
for you. She understands the glasses, and has them off and on
throughout the show. She's even the first to call out
spotting
Bean Bunny in the balcony. Her biggest laugh, oddly enough,
is
when either Statler or Waldorf wonders if he has time to go to the
bathroom. [They’re audioanimatronic characters in
the side
balcony; the other one says “We can’t, you old
fool,
we’re bolted to the floor!”]
Well, now THAT was weird. You may have seen suspenseful
scenes on
TV shows like 24 or Lost or even The Amazing Race, when a super-tense
scene is about to unfold and they go to a slo-mo shot to accentuate
it. Well Caitlyn just went into super-slo-mo when she got to
the
Miss Piggy Fountain. She was just walking along normally,
then
all of a sudden she's walking about one-tenth normal speed, checking
out every fixture and bauble in the fountain, until she gets to the
other side and slips back into normal speed without expression or
comment. A little too Twilight Zone-ish for me.
We pull up in front of the ABC Commissary. "Hey Caitlyn,
let's go
in here!" With a bit of a resigned head tilt, "What is it,
potty
time AGAIN?" No, it's lunch time, but I understand.
We have
a rule that whenever any one of us has to go to the bathroom, all of us
have to try. I think she's getting a little tired of Grandma
and
Grandpa's apparently less efficient bladders. During lunch,
we
get talking about Playhouse Disney, and the fact that we thought she
was going to get up and dance for that last song. She says
"It's
too embarrassing." And then, after about a 15 second pause,
"And
you're not changing my mind with stories." So she got the
whole
plot and game plan, she's just not buying it.
After trekking all the way across the park, we discover we’ve
missed the day's first Beauty and the Beast show [stage musical] by
minutes, because the theater’s full. So we start
listing
for Caitie the few things we wanted to do but haven't yet.
When
we mention Star Tours [motion simulator ride], Caitie pipes up with "I
remember that, I want to ride that three times. Or maybe
eight
times." So we find ourselves walking back by the big empty
theater where we wish we could still watch Doug [stage musical], and
the Drew Carey theater [headphones and darkness] where we know she'd
have the headphones on the floor and her head between her knees.
I think Indiana Jones [1500-seat stunt show] must have just let out,
because the line for Star Tours snakes around the trees
outside.
Laurie doesn't ever remember the line being out there, but we were in
that line outside on our honeymoon, back when it was a full line and
not the FastPass shrunken half line it is today. Time just
isn't
measured the same way when you're on your honeymoon. We
figured
out one time that we waited more than an hour for 11 different rides
that trip, and loved every minute of it. Kind of funny that
now,
we see a 20-minute line and we're all "Well, what do you think, should
we skip it?" And we usually do.
Caitie gets a big kick out of all the robots though. When we
get
inside and belted up, she announces that she doesn't think she has ever
ridden this, so this may be interesting. We go through the
speech
again about how if it gets scary, you can just close your eyes, but you
should try to keep them open as much as you can because there's a whole
bunch of really cool stuff to see. But she grabs both
armrests
and is somewhere between a grin and a giggle for the whole trip, and
immediately wants to do it again. The Indiana Jones glut is
gone
and the line is 10 minutes now, so we get right back in line.
This time through, she's waving to C3PO as we go through the front
room. And she apparently was serious about wanting to ride
again. In every queue we’ve been in this trip,
she's had
her head on a swivel and we've had to remind her that the line had
moved. But this time, it’s Laurie and me who are
checking
things out and reminiscing, and every time the gap to the folks in
front gets as big as four feet, Caitie’s admonishing "Come
on,
guys, KEEP UP!!!" And she has just as much fun this flight,
with
lots of oohs and yeahs and giggling throughout. She's already
resigned to the fact that we're going back over to hear Belle now, but
wants to come back here after that and ride again. Yeah, give
us
all Segways and you MIGHT talk Grandma into that.
We're among the last seated for Beauty and the Beast, and I had
forgotten all about Four For a Dollar [comedic a cappella
group].
A couple of older guys behind us are getting quite a kick out of their
test-the-mike operation. They also have a couple special
guests
who are here on their honeymoon. (I mention this because
Laurie
thinks it’s really neat and insists I mention it, though I
must
say I guess the shinyness has worn off that sort of thing for
me.) Caitlyn enjoys the show, but not quite as much as we
thought
she might. She announces that she's a little tired, and not
realizing that's it's less than completely polite to bolt from the
theater during the curtain call, the poor kids get one bow in and she's
halfway to the exit. She gets in her stroller and I start
walking
backward down the street in front of her, picking on her a little by
singing (to the tune of Belle's song) "I've never seen you sleeping in
a stroller. But you are tired, I can tell." Not to
be
out-picked, she barely misses a beat before she starts singing...
"Jingle Bells, Jingle Bells..."
It's almost 2 and the skies have finally cleared. The
Tower/Aerosmith plaza is absolutely packed. I think I've
pushed
past my goodwill limit with Caitie, because when I ask her for a bite
of her popsicle she tells me she's sick. We're headed back to
the
hotel for a swim and a nap. She wants to make sure she can
ride
in the stroller when we get off the bus, and Laurie tells her
that’s not a problem, as long as we then have our nap before
we
go swimming. Walking through the lobby, she can barely stay
upright, but there's no way she's riding that stroller right now.
She tells us she can't swim, and has arm floaties to prove
it.
Grandma blows them up part way before putting them on Caitlyn's arms,
despite her protestations. When the first one won't go up
past
her elbow, she tells Laurie "See, that's what I was trying to tell
you." Being a kid would be so much easier if adults would
just
listen. The girls are ready for the pool before me, so they
head
out as Caitlyn tells me "We'll meet you right at the other side of the
end." Whatever that means. She immediately swims
directly
to the middle of the pool, bumping Grandma's adrenaline a
notch.
But she has no problem at all, and no fear of the water.
After a
few minutes she meets a new friend back in the shallow end, and I think
they could stay here all afternoon if we let them.
But eventually, it’s nap time. I’m
sitting in a chair
across from the bed when Laurie tells me there’s a bug on the
wall behind me. Before I have a chance to turn around and
look,
Caitie has grabbed a tape case and squished him with the end of it, and
presents it to me for ... verification, I guess. Without
thinking, I tell her she needs to throw him outside. So she
takes
the case over by the sink, takes the bug off the case with a hankie,
calmly walks over to the door, and throws the hankie out on the
sidewalk. I tell her “You can’t do
that!!” It’s all right to throw the bug
out, but you
can’t just throw a hankie on the sidewalk! So she
opens the
door back up, bends down, and carefully tears off a tiny piece of the
hankie with the bug on it and throws that down. I tell her
she
can’t even throw a little piece of paper like that, so she
goes
back and carefully flicks the bug off the hankie completely and finally
disposes of the hankie in the wastebasket.
After our nap, Caitie and I are going for a walk while we’re
waiting for Grandma to finish up some things she’s working
on. As we go out the door and are walking down the sidewalk,
she’s a little surprised there aren't a lot of bugs outside
our
door for a celebration. What??? “You
know, when
somebody really old dies, everyone gets together and they have a
celebration about him. And then you find a bury spot and you
put
up a sign. So I think when I get back to the room I'll see if
I
can find a little stone and I'm going to make a little sign in case all
the other bugs come to celebrate.” Thank God for
short
attention spans, because by the time we get back to the room, that
whole little program has evaporated.
After our walk, we all go down to the Food Court for dinner.
Now
I'm just guessing here, but I think Caitlyn is hungry. I'm
holding her up as the signs at the various stations cycle through their
pictures of the menu items, and she decides "I want that" five or six
times. She really is very flexible as to what she'll eat,
we've
yet to come across a menu that didn't have something she was excited
about. And just so you know, french fries are best when
they’re dipped in barbecue sauce.
I keep notes of our trips on a microcassette recorder I keep in my
fanny pack. I'd never remember everything any other
way.
The reason I mention it is that as I listen to the tape now, I can
constantly hear in the background "Papa, Papa, Papa..."
Caitlyn
had asked me yesterday morning if she could talk into it. I
didn't bring extra tapes, so I simply told her no, there wasn't enough
room on the tape for her also. Later in the morning we were
waiting for something or other and I had just started recording
something when she looked up at me, all serious, and said
"Papa?"
I paused the tape and asked her what she wanted, and with a look of
satisfaction she told me "I wanted to get on your tape." And
she's been doing it ever since.
We head over to Epcot after supper, and as we pass a throng heading out
of the park, Caitie observes "Those people are NOT going to all fit on
one bus!" We get through the turnstiles and she’s
just
beside herself over the character topiaries [they have dozens of
additional topiaries now, during the Flower & Garden
Festival]. "That is SO COOL!!!" She wasn't sure if
she'd
ever been to Epcot before, but we're under Spaceship Earth
[180’
tall geodesic sphere, a slow ride past scenes about history of
communications] when she looks up and says "Nope, I don't think I've
ever been HERE." We ride Spaceship Earth first, and she's
quite
apprehensive that things are going to jump out at her. After
the
ride though, she wants to ride again. She and I make our way
up
to the tip board while Laurie goes back downhill after the stroller,
and it seems like it's taking her quite a while. I finally
get a
call from her that she's at Guest Relations because someone stole our
stroller. We’ve never had anything taken in all our
trips
to WDW, so I choose to believe it was taken by mistake. While
she’s waiting, I go down to check the side where we left it,
and
confirm it’s not there. I go around to the other
side to
check, because the CMs have this nasty habit of moving strollers
around, but it’s not there either. Then when I come
back
around the first side . . . there it is! I wonder how far
someone
got before they said “hey George, we didn’t have
any half
bottles of orange juice, did we?”
Laurie doesn’t want to steer Caitlyn on to anything scary
tonight, so we ride “the dinosaur ride,” also known
as
Journey Into Imagination [slow ride past comical scenes about
imagination, with a purple dragon called Figment]. Or as we
call
it, Figment. The first time through, she’s not
crazy about
Figment picking on us, and she’s quite proud of herself for
‘tricking’ us by plugging her nose in the scent
lab.
All in all, she’s quite eager to ride again, and we do.
We’re trying to meet up with our friend Tracy for
Illuminations
[park-closing fireworks and laser show extravaganza]. We know
she’s up by Canada [one of 11 country pavilions around the
World
Showcase] somewhere, but we can’t reach her on the cell phone
and
it’s way too crowded to just run across someone
tonight.
(Tonight is an Extra Magic Evening [park is open an extra 3 hours for
resort guests only], which has undoubtedly made the park much more
crowded all day long.) Laurie finds a spot where Caitie can
stand
on a bench and watch, and she’s absolutely unconcerned about
maintaining any contact with Laurie. She’s glued to
the
show.
The fireworks are over and Caitlyn is quite concerned that we need to
find our friend. We eventually track each other down by the
totem
pole, and Caitlyn whispers to Laurie “Ask her to come on the
Figment ride with us.” We’re picking on
her about
having her nose plugged before, and I tell her that skunks
don’t
really smell that bad. She simply replies “Well,
they sure
don’t smell like flowers!” Yep,
she’s a Disney
girl. She’s also quite the social director (as will
be
evidenced throughout our trip), and she’s now busy organizing
who’s going to sit with whom on the ride. We ride
Figment
again and she’s clutching my arm this time, especially when
Figment says “it’s a blast!”
At 10:10 the standby line for Soarin’ [combination of Imax
movie
and 40’ high motion simulator] is 70 minutes. The
Living
with the Land [slow ride past history (and future) of farming] line is
even 25. As we’re walking over to get in that,
Caitlyn asks
if we can go on the Cotton Ride next. We have no clue what
that
is, until she says “You know, the Cotton Ball
Ride.”
Ohhhh! Spaceship Earth!! Most people call it the
Golf Ball,
but I guess you go with what you know.
It’s so hot and humid in here tonight that Laurie gives her a
choice between this and that. She sensibly asks “If
we ride
the Cotton ride, will that be our last one?” Laurie
tells
her it probably will because it’s getting pretty
late.
“I really want to ride this.” Well,
duh. She
thinks the chickens on the Land Ride are cute, and states
“They’re robots, aren’t
they.” And (as
Caitie predicted), we’ll take another ride in the cotton ball
on
the way out. Tracy asks Caitlyn if she’s going to
sit with
her, and she says sure, and begins telling Tracy all about the ride and
how she’s going to love it.
We’re leaving Epcot now, and suddenly Laurie’s
biggest
concern is whether we’ll make it back to Sports in time to
get
some milk and our traditional carrot cake. Outside of these
Disney trips, she’s a pretty cheap date.
It’s almost
12:30 before we get to bed; it’s been a very long day, but a
good
one. Good thing we’re planning a light day at the
water
park tomorrow.
Grandbabies 5.3, Animal Kingdom, Epcot
Laurie, Don, and 5-year-old granddaughter Caitlyn, on the third day of
our week-long June adventure.
We’ve really been enjoying Caitie’s wonderful sense
of
humor this trip. I think that particular personality trait
will
get you farther in life than any other, and the five grandkids
we’ve brought so far have all been blessed.
I’m
sitting on the bed getting my feet dressed this morning while Laurie
makes some phone calls, and Caitie’s using my back for a
writing
board. I tell her she needs to be quiet because
Grandma’s
making some phone calls, and she leans around to look me in the eye and
asks with a grin “Is Grandma invisible?”
Okay, point
taken.
Our plan had been to open Blizzard Beach [water park] this morning, but
the weather channel shows a bright orange band that will be here in
about half an hour and they’re calling for up to an inch of
rain
today. So we decide we’ll just mess around in the
hotel
pool a little this morning and then maybe hit the couple things we
missed at Animal Kingdom and MGM. Caitlyn still wants to see
the
Stinkbug and the Burning Guy and the Cotton Ride.
(That’s
Tough to Be a Bug, Lights Motors Action, and Spaceship Earth for you
folks who don’t know the five-year-old WDW lingo.)
When we get to the pool, she’s got her floaties on and
apparently
doesn’t want to bother walking all the way around to the
shallow
end of the pool, so she decides to go in at the 5’
mark.
She assures us it’s okay, telling Laurie “I know
it’s
not the steps, but I’m not jumping in.”
And she
casually lowers herself in and she’s off. She
eventually
works her way down to the shallow end and is quite excited when she
finds a spot where she can stand up without her head going
under.
(“And I’m standing up all the way to my
heels!”) Grandma also teaches her how to dunk her
head
completely under water, and she’s quite excited about that.
It’s 11:00 now and still drizzling off and on when our
friends
John and Charlotte arrive. They’ll be staying in
the room
adjoining ours for a couple days before moving over to
Boardwalk.
Caitlyn is a little miffed that we don’t immediately open the
door between the rooms. Jeez, kid, give them a chance to
settle
in! After which, they join us for lunch at the food
court.
We notice all of a sudden that she has the hiccups and mention it, and
she says “You could take me on that Movie ride and that would
get
rid of them.” The adults have a wonderful
catching-up lunch
and Caitie is being very good, but at one point leans over and whispers
to Laurie “I want to get out of this building and go do
something.”
We do too, but it’s absolutely pouring now at
12:30. Well,
let’s poncho up and head for the Stinkbug.
It’s back
to a strong drizzle now as we enter the park, and Caitlyn has spotted
some black swans she needs to check out. As we continue on
past
the Oasis and the rain lets loose again, she asks Laurie “Do
you
think God is making it rain hard like this?” Laurie
says
yes, and after about a ten second pause, Caitlyn says “Well
it’s annoying.” She has the glasses off
more than on
for the Bug movie, but says she likes it.
With all the rain, we’re already partly soaked so we figure
we
may as well go on Kali River Rapids [wild 12-passenger raft
ride]. On the way in Caitie observes a statue with its head
missing and a lizard nearby, and theorizes that the lizard probably
bited his head off. She also tells Laurie the flowers here
smell
like rainbow. She loves the Rapids ride.
I’m not sure
Charlotte does, as she’s the lucky one this trip to get
drenched.
For some reason, John and Charlotte are heading back to the hotel to
dry off. Caitie decides she doesn’t want to see the
car
show, she wants to go to Epcot instead. The next bus that
comes
is an MGM bus, so we take that and then the boat over to
Epcot.
We even get the chance to feed half a dozen ducks and a large number of
fish at the MGM dock on the way.
It’s 4:10 by the time we get to the International Gateway,
and we
figure we may as well start our Kids Stop tour and get part of that out
of the way this afternoon. [Each of the 11 country pavilions
has
a Kid Stop, where they can get a country stamp and further decorate
their mask.] She picks up her mask and gets her first stamp
in
France, and is intrigued by the idea of a ‘prize’
for
collecting all eleven stamps. She asks where we’re
going
next, and we tell her Morocco (no reaction) and then Japan
(“That’s a very long way, at least on an
airplane.”) Now I don’t think
she’s ever flown
to Japan, but I can’t argue with her either.
We’re on our way to Japan now, plodding along in our ponchos
and
wet sneakers, with a World Showcase shopping bag as a poncho for the
mask. My hands are so wet they won’t properly run
my
recorder, and Laurie says “Isn’t this fun, this is
just
like trick-or-treating in the snow.” I fully
appreciate the
sarcasm until I look over and realize she’s
serious. And
she explains to me that when it comes time for important events, you
can’t just not do them because of weather conditions or some
other trivial impediment. And of course she’s
right, and we
really are still having fun.
We get to Japan and point out the buildings to Caitlyn and she says
“I thought that was China!” I get the
feeling
she’s seen Mulan a couple hundred times but hasn’t
caught
Godzilla yet. At the Japan Kids Stop, she decides to decorate
her
mask a little more and picks the black crayon. She only makes
a
couple little marks between the forehead and ear on each side, each
consisting of two or three interconnected squiggles. They
seriously look to me to be some kind of asian characters that
she’s trying to simulate. On our way out, I mention
to
Laurie (quietly, I thought) that I didn’t know she knew how
to
write Japanese. And Caitie informs me
“That’s not
Jackaleens, that’s hair.”
In a stroke of rare (for this trip) good timing, we’re going
to
reach the American pavilion in time to do the Kids Stop and still be in
time for the Voices of Liberty [an a cappella group singing patriotic
songs and standards; the audience sits on the floor around them, under
a cupola that provides awesome acoustics]. We’re
sitting on
the floor and Laurie’s explaining to Caitie about the cupola,
but
she starts pumping Laurie to find out what the prize is for the Kids
Stop Tour. Laurie won’t spoil the surprise though,
and
Caitlyn pleads her case by saying “I promise I
won’t tell
anybody, and I’ll forget about it before we’re
done.” The Voices of Liberty are (as always)
awesome, and
the lead Oh Susannah singer picks Laurie as the lucky person whose hand
he takes for a serenade. Now Laurie’s all red-faced
and
smiling and girly, but Caitlyn is in shock. I’m not
sure if
her concern is for Grandma or that she might be next, but she most
definitely has an I Didn’t Sign Up For THIS look on her face.
There’s quite a line in Italy. The guy running the
Kid Stop
here is the same guy that was here in April when we brought Haley, and
he’s quite the comedian with all the kids. Like the
face
characters, where there’s more interaction, there’s
a
longer line.
We need ten or fifteen minutes to look over the train in Germany [an
outdoor model setup, complete with miniature village, tunnels, etc.,
that’s about 100’ long by 6-10’
wide].
It’s interesting how with the five grandkids we’ve
taken,
we’ve ranged from more than half an hour here to more of a
‘Yeah, so what’ reaction.
Caitie’s getting
quite a chuckle out of a blackbird that’s hopping around
among
the houses, telling us that it’s a monster. (So
maybe she
HAS watched Godzilla.) She’s telling Laurie
“This is
SO COOL in here, they have a farmer and a tractor and look, they even
made little trees right here. This is just SO COOL that they
made
this right here.”
Next is China, and I ask her if that’s where Mulan
lived.
She excitedly tells me “Yeah, Mulan was there and her father
had
the bad leg and she pretended she was a boy even though she was a
girl. Is that girl pretend?”
What? She’s
pointing over to a bench and we crack up when we look over and see a
very wet and tired woman sitting there in her poncho, staring blankly
at the ground and looking quite ready for sleep. After
we’re by, Laurie has to go back and tell the poor woman our
grandbaby thought she was Disney atmosphere, which she gets quite a
chuckle out of as well. She acknowledges that she feels as
much
like a statue as she apparently looks. Caitie points out
about
ten things in the China pavilion that are very
‘cool’,
including the elephant and the monkey puppets and the
umbrellas.
We get our Norway stamp and then ask her if she wants to ride the boat
ride here. She wants to know what it’s called, and
the name
Maelstrom doesn’t mean anything to her. I tell her
I think
it’s Norwegian for thunderstorm (which it totally
isn’t, it
turns out), and she says “The Thunderstorm ride? Oh
great,
so I’m going to be scared?” She gets
through it
without being too scared at all, but wonders what was the point of the
troll sending us over the waterfall backwards.
When we get into the market in Mexico, she loves the fact that it looks
like we’re outside when we’re not. She
also loves the
storefronts and wonders if we can go up to one of those second floor
balconies. (I think Paragon lives up there
somewhere.) When
I tell her the buildings are all pretend, like the ones over by the
Muppets, she’s quite disappointed that we can’t go
around
behind them to see. She loves the boat ride, and thinks
it’s funny that on our first grandbaby trip, Elysia wanted in
the
worst way to climb that pyramid. In the first room though,
she
says “What’s that?” We tell her
it’s fog,
and she says “No, that on the wall.” We
tell her
they’re vines, and she asks “No dead
people?”
And I realize there were vines all over that mummy room, and man, that
Movie Ride really DID scare her. We get to the fireworks room
and
Laurie tells her that her daddy really liked this part when he came
with us. She says “Cool. What did he say
to
you? He probably said ‘Ma, this is my favorite part
of
Epcot’”. Yes, something just like that.
We were only going to do part of the Kids Stop Tour tonight, but
we’re close enough that we might as well continue.
Caitlyn’s quite excited that we only have two countries left,
and
that we’re so close to the big cotton ball now.
She’s
also got a wow or two for the topiaries in the World Showcase
Plaza. We take her picture in front of Timon and Pumba and
then
she’s wandering around checking the rest of them
out. I
spot an excellent angle and tell her to come over to the side so I can
get her picture with Simba. She’s looking around
for me a
bit before she finally spots me and scolds that it would help if
I’d told her I was over by SCAR. When she poses for
the
picture, she puts on a mean face because HE’s mean.
Whoa, a first for this trip, late on Day 3. Caitlyn’s the one
who
calls potty break. We’re up in Canada now, and
Laurie’s as excited now as Caitlyn is with the
flowers.
They have a lovely colored grouping of Bambi and Thumper and Flower,
very nice job, very Rose Bowl Parade-ish. We go up and get
the
UK’s stamp first, and Caitie’s very excited now
about the
impending prize. We’re not sure what kind of a
monster
we’ve created here, because she wants to know if we can get
another prize tomorrow. I don’t think so, but I bet
two
consecutive Kids Stop tours WOULD be the world record. Now if
we
were going for consecutive days of Drinking Around the World [an
unofficial adult game involving each country’s native beer],
I
bet somebody some time has set a pretty high bar for that one.
We finally complete our tour in Canada, and she’s extremely
excited with her new Goofy picture. “I
CAN’T BELIEVE
I WON THE PRIZE!!!” We’re headed back to
the hotel
now, but she says she wants to ride the dinosaur ride first.
Laurie tells her we can ride it if she can remember that his name is
Figment. She says “Maybe you guys could just write
it down
for me.” But then about every hundred feet we walk,
she
turns around and says “Figment.” That
name will be
locked in forever now.
We get down to the fountain [an elaborate active fountain choreographed
to music] just as it’s starting its performance, and we all
really enjoy that. Caitie’s getting pretty tired,
having
been up quite late last night, so it doesn’t take much to
convince her to skip Figment and just head back to the
resort.
Epcot isn’t crowded at all tonight, what with the rain and
all,
but at 8:00 the tip board is showing standby times of :10 for Mission
Space [an advanced space motion simulator that makes many people sick],
:55 for Test Track, and 1:00 for Soarin’.
Our timing is getting much better, a bus rolls up to the stop just as
we do. There are only five of us on the bus and Laurie and I
take
our traditional seats right across from the back door, but Caitlyn
decides to sit by herself up in the back section. Yep,
we’ve reached that point in the trip where the kid knows her
way
around a little and needs just a little bit of independence.
When we get back to our room at Sports, her immediate desire is to get
together with Charlotte. We had planned to open the rooms and
get
together with them this evening, but I try to tell Caitie that they may
be finishing their dinner or otherwise not quite ready for company, and
decide to distract her with a walk. And right outside our
door is
a rabbit in the grass, perfect distraction. We briefly do the
Can
I Pet It – I Think You’ll Scare Him Away dance
before she
suddenly says “I GOTTA SHOW CHARLOTTE!!!” and bolts
back
into the room and is knocking on Charlotte’s door.
Which
leads us directly into a very entertaining evening of pizza and wine
and retirement congratulations and general merriment with John and
Charlotte and Tracy. At Disney or anywhere else, nothing
quite
beats good conversation with good friends.
Though Caitie was quite tired before, the conversation has energized
her as much as it has us. But since we’re the ones
consuming all the pizza and wine, we finally do call it quits around
10:30. We’ll be going back to Epcot in the morning
so we
can catch Future World at rope drop.
Grandbabies 5.4, Epcot, Magic Kingdom
Laurie, Don, and 5-year-old granddaughter Caitlyn, on the fourth day of
our week-long June adventure.
We had originally made a priority seating at Chef Mickey’s
this
morning, but cancelled it yesterday so that we could try to make rope
drop at Epcot to see Soarin’ without an hour line.
And now,
as Laurie’s getting ready to take a shower, Caitlyn asks
“Grandma, can I take a shower too?” Rope
drop would
be nice, but it’s hard to tell a kid they can’t
take a
shower.
It’s 9:30 when we get into the park, and John and Charlotte
have
offered to go get all our FastPasses for Soarin’ while we go
over
to Test Track [life-size test vehicles on a track, up to
60mph].
Caitie’s riding in her stroller in her poncho observing
“Must be God thinks those plants still need
water!”
Most of the other kids have been intimidated by the noise of the cars
outside Test Track, but she’s watching the cars in the
mirrors
above the entrance saying “That looks like it’s
going to be
fast on me!” We go through the standby line, and it
always
amazes me how the racket of all that test equipment completely
disappears when you’re in that little sound room in the
back. It does, however, make it much easier to hear Caitlyn
saying “Papa Papa Papa Papa …” while
I’m
taking notes. After 20 minutes in the line we hear an
announcement that they’re shutting the ride down because of
inclement weather moving into the area, so we’re bailing from
the
line.
There’s a very cool Butterfly Room on the path between Test
Track
and Imagination, a netted enclosure that’s temporary home to
hundreds of butterflies of several types. As we make our way
across the plaza, Caitie wants to stop for a minute to watch the
fountain perform, and we’re always up for that. As
we make
our way toward Imagination, we’re passed by a Segway
parade. They must be closer to the end of their tour than the
beginning, because they all look fairly proficient at this
point.
Thankfully, Caitie doesn’t notice (or care about) the
cheerleading exhibition on the Imagination stage, so we don’t
need to spend any time watching that. She is excited to take
another trip on the Figment ride, this time with John and
Charlotte. They hadn’t been on since the third
coming [this
is the third version of the ride; the first was getting old, and the
second was universally hated], and really like the change.
On our way into Honey I Shrunk the Audience [3-D movie] she recognizes
the picture of Wayne Szalinski, and wonders whether they’re
going
to be small or big. Kind of hard to answer, I guess it
depends on
your perspective ;-) She likes this movie, and has the
glasses
more on than off.
Soarin’. What a cool ride. The three of
us are
messing around in the hall playing some kind of London Bridge
foolishness when I mess up and hurt Caitie’s chin, and now
she’s mad at me. But all is (temporarily) forgotten
once
we’re on the ride. “Are we really over
the
ocean?” “Are we IN the
movie?” “I
want to do THAT again!!!” Laurie declares it the
best ride
she’s ever been on, anywhere. We got FastPasses on
the way
in that were good from 1:00 til 2:00, and John and Charlotte get ones
on the way out that are good from 2:30 until 3:30. And we
didn’t spend much time in line, either! Quite the
popular
attraction.
The Living Seas [aquarium pavilion] is much busier now than I can
remember it being since the first couple years it was open, because of
Crush and Dory and Nemo. [If you haven’t seen
Finding Nemo,
you really should.] I see a black and yellow fish but
can’t
remember his name, so I ask Caitlyn.
“He’s NOT in the
movie.” I was thinking of Gil, but the more I look
at this
one, I realize she’s right. She doesn’t
have any
interest in touring the aquarium at all, because those are just
“fish fish.” (By which she means
they’re not
Nemo.) We all really love Turtle Talk with Crush [an
interactive
animated visit with the cool turtle dude]. I’m
amazed at
the technology that must be involved, and Caitie just knows
he’s
cool. She gets a big kick out of his swimming into the glass
and
his bad case of the ‘bubbles’ [turtle
gas]. In the
end, she was a little ticked that he didn’t ask HER any
questions, but was probably a little relieved as well.
We end up spending so much time in the Living Seas that it’s
already time for our Soarin’ FPs when we come out.
I
promise Caitie I won’t touch her in the line, and thankfully,
Laurie has finally convinced her that the previous incident was an
accident, and not intentionally inflicted as she had apparently
believed. We’re all loving the ride again, we sit
all the
way over on the left side this time and she tells us afterward
“I
thought I was going to skin my knee on that rock!”
Ironically, she takes a header while running down the hallway in her
sandals on the way out, and comes up with a very nasty brush burn on
her knee. I remember us calling them
‘strawberries’
when I was a kid playing basketball, but I also remember
there’s
nothing sweet about them. This gives us our only sobbing
“I
want my mom” of the trip, but that IS, after all, a
child’s
first line of defense against any kind of pain.
We stop at the first aid station behind the Odyssey, where
Caitlyn’s very excited to discover they have
‘special’ knee bandages. On our way
around past
Mexico, we see a couple CMs out in the lagoon on jet skis, flying
kites. You suppose anybody bids on THAT job when it comes up?
And now we’ve arrived for our 2:00 lunch at
Germany’s
Biergarten with John and Charlotte, and Tracy and three of her
friends. This is the first trip here for some of the group,
and
everyone seems to enjoy it a lot. Certainly
nobody’s hungry
after. Most of our other grandbabies have been kind of picky
eaters, but Caitlyn enjoys quite a variety of things. As I
take
her through the buffet line, it isn’t simply no-no-no-yes,
it’s Little Of This – No – Lot Of That
-I’ll
Try Just A Little.
I’ve had the Belle song stuck in my head since we were at MGM
the
other day, driving both Caitlyn and Laurie nuts. It just
popped
in again, but I thought I’d ask Caitie permission to sing it
this
time. “Sure! Just go some place else and
do it and
not by me.”
All we have left on our To Do list here are the Universe of Energy and
Postcards From Innoventions [a booth where you can e-mail your
picture], and we decide to skip Energy. I’m kind of
sad
we’ll miss Test Track this trip, but we have more trips down
the
road and it’s kind of nice when the next grandchild
inevitably
asks if so-and-so rode this and we can tell them no. Makes
them
feel special. Caitie has some fun with the postcards though,
and
orders half a dozen retakes on the picture before we finally insist the
last one is good enough. She picks the background with the
planets in it, and we fire it off to Mom and Dad.
We’re walking out of World Showcase, in the rain again, and
Caitlyn is riding in the stroller with the hood over her
head.
And she’s singing. We can’t tell what
she’s
singing, but it doesn’t really matter, does it?
Life is
good. It’s 4:10 when we walk out of Epcot, headed
back to
the room.
Once there, we’re listening to her half of her conversation
with
her dad. “Did you get my picture?
... Check
your e-mail, does it look like I’m in space? I
wasn’t
really ... I’ll be the goodest girl ever
...
It’s been raining every single day, and this is Day 4
already.” And then Laurie and I both crack up
because they
remind us so much of a couple of teenagers, with
“I’m going
to hang up now ... I love you too ... are you hanging up? ... nope,
I’m going to hang up, right now, okay? ... did YOU hang
up?”
It’s 6:20 and I’ve had MY nap, even if Caitlyn
didn’t
sleep. We’re headed over to the Magic Kingdom now
for our
first visit there. We always save MK for last with all the
kids,
since their interest in the other parks wouldn’t be nearly as
great if they get the idea in their heads at the start of the trip that
the parks are supposed to be all rides. After not sleeping
during
two hours in the room and the bus ride to MK, Caitlyn falls asleep
about ten seconds after sitting in the stroller at the bus
stop!
Okay, this may be a fun evening. But she does wake up quite
pleasantly as we get to the turnstiles, though she’s too
tired to
get up and run her own ticket through. She’s quite
refreshed by the time we get to Town Square, and is excited to get
Pinocchio’s autograph.
We go back into Adventureland and Laurie and Caitlyn get in line for an
autograph from Jasmine and Aladdin and Genie while I go down to get
FastPasses for Jungle Cruise. On the way there, some damned
invisible camel [situated around the Aladdin ride] spits about a foot
in front of my eyes. Takes you a second to figure out
what’s going on when that happens. On the way back,
the
camel actually gets me, right in the ear. Okay, so
I’m a
slow learner. Back outside the Dole Whip stand, Laurie just
shakes her head and rolls her eyes as I practice my best moves for
hosting the Dole Whip Interlude at the annual RADP meet.
Caitlyn’s eating an ice pop while waiting for Jasmine, and
checks
a couple times with Laurie, “Is my face messy, because if it
is,
clean it off before we get up there.” Important to
bring
your best face when you meet Jasmine.
Now that we’re autographed, we’ll take a ride on
Aladdin’s Magic Carpets [another Dumbo clone].
Another
first for us here, as Caitie wants to take the back seat and make it
tip because “Papa didn’t get to do the up and down
yet.” She does back-seat drive a little though,
directing
me to get us to the right height so the camel will spit on
us.
When we get off, the ride operator says “Thank you for riding
the
Magic Kingdom’s 18th most popular
attraction.”
Caitlyn, like four thousand other kids a day, says “Look at
ALL
the jewels on the ground!! [embedded into the blacktop] Can
we
get them?”
Good timing has us walking into the Tiki Room without the pre-show
(which is a little over a five-year-old’s head
anyway). We
take our usual seat in the outside row and she loves the show, though
she’s disappointed that she didn’t get to see
Iago’s
‘injuries’. So we’re getting
another first,
back-to-back Tiki treks. By the time we get around the
building
the doors are closed, so I guess we’ll see that pre-show
after
all. This time we get a seat right up front, and Caitlyn
spots
(and retrieves) a number of Iago’s stray feathers on the way
in. She’s quite satisfied now to see the actual
bird
damage, and collects a few more feathers on her way out as a bonus.
After another Aladdin ride, it’s 8:30 and with all the late
nights we’ve been keeping, we really do need to get to bed
early
tonight. We find a family of three to give our FastPasses to
and
make our way out of Adventureland. Caitie’s quite
chipper
as she rides the stroller back to our bus stop, talking on the cell
phone with her mom. Laurie’s hearing bits of her
end of the
conversation, which includes “I’m talking to you on
the
ride RIGHT NOW, it’s going REALLY FAST!!”
Have I
mentioned how much we love our kids’ sense of
humor?
We’re all looking forward to a Magic Kingdom Morning tomorrow.
Grandbabies 5.5, Magic Kingdom, Blizzard Beach
Laurie, Don, and 5-year-old granddaughter Caitlyn, on the fifth day of
our week-long June adventure.
Our favorite part of the trip, we’re at Magic Kingdom this
morning just before the gates open. We’ve had
Caitlyn walk
from the bus to the turnstiles each morning, but today she wants to
ride so she “won’t get lost.”
The turnstiles on
the far right seem like the best bet, but we soon discover that those
are for people with breakfast reservations only.
We work ourselves to a really good spot up by the left railroad tunnel
from which to watch the Open The Park Show. Caitlyn enjoys
it,
but we think she’s a little anxious to get going.
Main
Street isn’t too crowded yet (and everyone’s going
the same
way) as Grandma motors the stroller toward the Castle, but from
Caitlyn’s vantage point this must be the scariest ride yet,
as
she says “Grandma, slow down, you’re going to hit
people!” Grandma calmly says
“I’ve got it under
control,” and of course being the pro she is, there are no
close
calls.
We get up under the Castle just as they’re dropping the rope
there, so our time-tested routine for Park Opening With Little People
should go quite well. In fact, Grandma and Caitlyn are going
to
make it on Dumbo’s first flight, so if I’m going to
get the
obligatory video, I won’t even have time to go get Pooh
FastPasses like I normally do. Caitie’s bouncing
the
elephant up and down before the ride even starts. She likes
the
ride, but she’s really already had a few rides on it when you
consider it’s virtually identical to Triceratops Spin and
Aladdin, so she doesn’t seem overwhelmed.
We make our way over to the Speedway [barely steerable 5mph cars on a
closed track], dropping Laurie off on the way to get our FPs for
Pooh. I remind Caitie that she can’t run in those
sandals. “Grandma made me run.”
We really are a
bad influence. “But she held my hand so I
wouldn’t
fall down. I guess I’m just like that
dinosaur.
I’m lucky.” Riding the Speedway, it
isn’t long
before the wheel snaps and she catches her thumb a little bit, so I
tell her I’ll slow down some. After about 15
seconds of
that though, she says “You steer if you have to, but we need
to
catch up to that car up there.” Eyes on the prize
there,
pops.
She must have spotted the top of the Astro Orbiter [2-man rockets that
just go around and around] from the bus this morning, because while
we’re waiting to unload, she tells me that’s what
she wants
to do next. None of the other kids have asked about (or even
noticed) that ride before and it really doesn’t fit into our
plans this morning, but then there’s no time of day when the
line
will be shorter, so why not. As we exit the Speedway, I tell
her
Laurie won’t ride it and she doesn’t even ask
why.
She just tells Grandma “I’ve never been on the
Rocket Ride
before, this will be my first time. We’ll meet you
over by
the Rockets.” Sort of like saying “Just
because YOU
have some problem with it, what’s that got to do with
ME?”
In the queue/elevator, she meets a new friend Nicole, also 5 or 6 years
old. We sit in the rocket right ahead of Nicole, and have to
look
back at her constantly to make sure we’re at the same height
(and
presumably the same speed). Laurie skips this ride because
her
body doesn’t like the spinny things so much, but
I’ve
ridden once and knew it wasn’t bad. Still, I wish
I’d
eaten something this morning, because I’m now feeling a
little
spinny myself.
We return to our regularly scheduled program now and head back up into
Fantasyland, dropping the stroller off in front of Snow White [dark
ride past scenes from the movie]. Caitlyn has her head tucked
right under Laurie’s arm for most of this ride, not sure
what’s going to be coming out at her in the dark.
As soon
as we get into Peter Pan [ships that slowly fly over movie scenes]
though, she remembers that ride and begins to tell us each scene before
we get to it. We know we can see Small World, the Carousel,
and
Mickey’s PhilharMagic most any time without a long line, so
we
head back down to the Mad Tea Party [spin-til-you-puke tea
cups].
We have to stop by the Carousel for a minute because Nicole is riding
and Caitlyn needs to wave hi.
On the Tea Cups, Caitie tells me I should do the spinning. It
isn’t long, though, before she says “Does this
thing go any
faster?” I can already feel myself getting a little
dizzy,
so I try to trick her into believing it might be faster if I spin it
the other way. “No, that slows us
down.” Sort
of my point, sorry. Laurie had to retrieve the stroller we
sort
of forgot up at Snow White, so she’s just getting back when
we’re getting done and thinks we should ride again so she can
get
some pictures. Caitie’s fully in favor of
that. And
“This time, I want to go even FASTER!!”
But when we
get up to speed, Laurie’s photography is hampered by the fact
that Caitlyn’s laying down in the seat. I tell her
a couple
times to sit up so Grandma can get her picture, but she says
“I’m afraid I’m going to bump into
things. Can
you make it go faster?”
We use our FastPasses on Pooh [slow ride through scenes from Blustery
Day] now, and it’s a very giggly ride throughout.
Big
thumbs up from all of us, and we have to do it again some
time.
So our Magic Kingdom morning plan has worked out very well today, even
with adjustments. We’ve covered three of the
longest-line
rides here (Dumbo, the Speedway, and Astro Orbiter), plus Snow White,
Peter Pan, Pooh, and the Tea Party twice, all in a little over an hour.
As we go down into Toon Town [where Mickey and Minnie live],
Caitie’s a little hungry and wants to have a snack, so we
just
pull up some shady pavement in front of a shop and dig into some cheese
and crackers. “Do you want to ride the Barnstormer
[kid
coaster that flies through a barn] now?”
“No thanks,
I’m eating.” Okay, I guess the word I was
looking for
was ‘next’. And when we get to it, turns
out
it’s an I Want To Do That Again ride. (Not for me,
I forgot
how uncomfortable those corduroy seats are!)
Minnie’s House takes her all of about 15 seconds to
cover.
It leaves us wondering if maybe she’s a little too focused on
‘rides’ now to waste much time with
‘attractions’. But when we mention taking
the train
to Splash Mountain, she says “Nope, first Mickey’s
house.” The train’s pulling out of the
station as we
get to Mickey’s, and that means I at least get 7 minutes in
the
shade before the next one comes. I really need that right now
because it’s so muggy this morning. I’m
not
complaining or anything, because it’s far better than the
four
straight days of rain we’ve had this trip.
Given her disinterest in Minnie, I figure I’ll go up and get
the
stroller and then go in the exit to Mickey’s house and meet
them
halfway, betting that ‘halfway’ will be not far
from the
exit. But Caitie only got five feet in the front door and is
still marveling over Mickey’s bedroom.
“There’s
the uniform he wears when he gets his award for making the best Disney
movie, and there’s ties, and his closet full of shirts, and
his
glasses, and his books, and his picture of Minnie; and
there’s
his pot of flowers from Minnie, and his car, and his books, and some
fish; and a picture when he was a little baby, and a picture when he
had a present from Santa Claus, and a picture of some
goldfish.
And his BED!! And a little couch for
him.” You think
somewhere along the line Disney has discovered that detail is important?
The rest of the rooms get the same treatment, with the highlights being
the really cool lamp Mickey made out of his baseball bat, and his
trophies. I wish there was some way the printed word could
convey
to you the wonder with which this little voice keeps saying
“And
look ovuh hew-ah!!” There’s a picture of
Donald that
has her cracking up, and she thinks Goofy and Donald and Mickey had
better clean up that mess they made in the kitchen. We missed
that next train I figured we’d be on, but another is arriving
as
we get into the garage. I ask her if she wants to go get on
it,
but she’s looking up at the garage rafters saying
“Look at
EVERYthing!!!” And proceeds to list for us
everything in
the garage. As we leave, she finally notices that Laurie has
been
videotaping, and says “This is going to be a VERY good video,
Grandma!” Of that, I have no doubt.
On the train, we mention the difference in the amount of time she spent
in Minnie’s house versus Mickey’s. She
says that
there’s not so much stuff in Minnie’s house because
she
keeps her house clean and Mickey doesn’t. (And yet
Mickey’s is much, much more interesting, a point
I’ve been
unsuccessfully trying to make on housecleaning day since I was 6.)
It’s 10:50 as we look down from the Main Street Station to
hordes
of people coming into the park, and we already have quite a bit of the
day behind us. As soon as we get to Frontierland, we get
FastPasses for Splash Mountain. We’re surprised to
find the
window only half an hour away, and we’re also surprised to
find
the standby time only 10 minutes for both that and Big Thunder Mountain
[runaway mine train], where we’re headed next. The
other
kids have been quite apprehensive about trying new things.
But
when I ask Caitie if she’s ever been on Big Thunder, she says
“I don’t think so. I’ll tell
you if I remember
anything.” Nice approach, no question of whether or
not
she’s ‘trying’ it.
I’ll skip this ride
this morning though because I’ve got a bit of a molar
infection
that I jarred pretty good on the Barnstormer, and it needs a
rest. Turns out Caitie hasn’t been on it, and
“It was
pretty good, it was pretty fast.” But for balance,
we also
spend quite a bit of time with the dozen or so ducklings we see on our
way out.
Caitlyn must agree that it’s been quite a busy
morning.
We’re at Pecos Bill’s for lunch and talking about
going on
Splash afterwards, and Caitie says “I think we should go take
a
nap.” And then lies down across the
chairs. But after
lunch, there’s no way she’s going to pass on what
she had
wanted to be the first (and second) ride of the whole trip.
In
fact, as we enter the queue, she wants to know if there’s any
way
we can be sure we get the front seats. There is.
She loves
loves loves this ride. Grandma’s arm is getting
squeezed
pretty hard over Slippin’ Falls, but Caitie’s
giggling the
whole time. She’s giggling even more when she
realizes that
I got my head soaked at the bottom. As we drip our way off
the
ride, I’m pretending to be quite upset about being soaked,
telling her “Look at how WET you made me
get!” As
we’re walking out of the building after looking at our
picture, I
feel her grabbing the leg of my shorts and she says “You
didn’t get THAT wet, THIS leg’s almost
DRY!”
And at 12:40 we’re on our way out of the Magic Kingdom and on
our
way to Blizzard Beach. On the phone with her mom,
she’s
saying “We’re going to the water park, remember,
like you
taught me, where you go down the slide and land in the water instead of
the dirt? That’s where we’re going today,
because
it’s a very hot day and we want to get cooled
off.”
In a move that her mom must be getting quite used to, she just puts the
phone down and stops talking for most of a minute, while she admires a
very big horse walking by. Must be genetic, Laurie says I
exhibit
the same attention span issues when she’s trying to talk to
me.
Laurie and I take our usual seats across from the back door, and Caitie
takes what has become her usual seat in the upper deck.
She’s reaching down and touching my head periodically and
then
trying to hide, which unfortunately reminds me of a cat I once
had. After a while I tell her “Don’t do
that
anymore. It was fun a couple times, but now it’s
kind of
annoying.” She simply replies
“Yep. We should
probably save some fun for the water park.”
We left the stroller at the hotel, and now Caitie’s
questioning
the wisdom of that plan. “Why don’t we
have the buggy
here? Oh, because of the sand. That’s too
bad,
because my feet are not faring too well.”
Faring? Who
talks like this? When they’re five?
We had talked to Charlotte by cell from MK, and they had decided to
meet us here to break in the Premium portion of their newly upgraded
annual passes. We meet them in Tyke’s Peak (the
little kid
section) and it seems they’re even prepared to hang around
there
doing nothing while Caitie plays. Now that’s above
and
beyond the call. Fortunately, after only two trips down that
little kids’ water slide, she says “Let’s
go do
something else.” It must be time for a trip around
the Lazy
River [artificial stream that circles the park, with underwater jets
pushing the water at about 25 minutes per lap]. (I know
it’s got a real name, but we’re calling it the Lazy
River.)
About a quarter of the way around she decides to put her feet down
through the tube to see if she can touch the bottom. She gets
down to where the water is about up to her chest and suddenly says
“I don’t think this is a good place for judging
it,”
and urgently makes her way back up onto the tube. Then when
we go
under the cold waterfalls, it’s coming down so hard that it
actually knocks her down through the tube and under the
water.
Laurie’s right next to her though, and Caitlyn comes up
grabbing
onto her arm and getting the water out of her eyes, not seeming too
concerned at all about getting dunked. She’s quite
sure
though, that “I don’t want to go through that
waterfall
NEXT time!”
About three-quarters of the way through our circuit, she tests the
depth again and discovers that the water only comes up to the bottom of
her neck. And that’s the end of the tube for the
day.
She’s running through the water now, and when we ask if she
wants
to go around a second time, we realize the question is
rhetorical. The rest of us have been really enjoying the
floating
too, so we really don’t mind.
This time around, her focus is on getting Laurie and me to either catch
up to, or catch back to, John and Charlotte. She’s
also
making quite a game of trying to pull me through the cold
water.
As we approach our home base again, she unsurprisingly wants to make a
third trip around. I tell her two is enough and she says
“Okay then, you just close your eyes and follow
me.”
Not likely.
While I go back and get the video camera, Laurie takes her over to the
Ski Patrol Training Camp, where they have slightly larger water
slides. Before I get there though, she decides one slide
there is
enough and heads back over to Tyke’s Peak. After
about two
more runs there, it’s getting ready for a major storm, so we
decide to pack up and move out.
Laurie had intended to not bring her glasses to the water parks, but
realized she had them while we were on the Lazy River. And
now,
when she looks at her watch and can’t see it, she realizes
she’s lost them, probably when she dunked herself getting out
of
the tube. She walks back down to check with the lifeguard,
with
no success. By the time we get out to the front of the park,
it’s pouring, and we take shelter under a big group umbrella
by
the turnstiles. After a while, Laurie takes the opportunity
to
put Guest Services on the lookout for her glasses, but they already
have them. Now THAT’s a happy ending, because she
wasn’t looking forward to four days of training (scheduled at
the
end of our trip) without them. Once the storm finally gives
way,
John and Charlotte give Laurie a ride to the Car Care Center to pick up
her rental car for the week, while Caitie and I go back to the room for
a nap.
As we arrive back at Sports, she asks again what day it is that she
gets to pick where we go. I tell her that’s Day 7,
and she
says that on Day 7, she wants to go to All Star Music [the hotel next
to ours]. Ooooh-kay. She’s not tired for
a nap now,
so (as we always do) I shut the blinds and turn channel fiveteen off
and tell her that we have to lay quietly for a bit, but we
DON’T
have to go to sleep. She thinks it would be okay to turn the
TV
on but have the sound really, really low, but I
don’t. And
it’s not more than a minute and a half before she’s
asleep.
At 6:30 we’re headed back over to the Magic Kingdom for
dinner,
though Caitlyn’s vote was to go see Crush. We start
reciting the list of what we haven’t seen yet at MK, and when
we
mention the Haunted Mansion she immediately says
“I’m not
going on THAT.” We explain it’s not like
the haunted
hayrides we think she’s gone on at home, there’s
nothing
that jumps out at you. “Oh wait, is that the one
that has
the talking head stones?” Yes, and apparently that
triggers
the right memories and it’s okay.
She hears the background music as we’re going through
security
out front of the park and says “Hey, that sounds like
Woody’s Roundup music!” Not sure if
it’s
actually the official rootin’est, tootin’est, but
it’s certainly dang close.
We manage to find our own private dining room upstairs at the Columbia
Harbour House. We have a beautiful view of the Haunted
Mansion
and the Riverboat and Aunt Polly’s and Tom Sawyer Island from
here, and also a “weather vane that has a horse instead of a
chicken! And it’s on a house instead of a
barn!” Heck, it must be Topsy-Turvy Day.
Later we
discover that under that ‘house’ is a
“well with no
hole in it!” (In case you’re wondering,
this is all
part of the guard house or whatever it is at the head of the Haunted
Mansion walk.)
Which is where we’re headed right after dinner.
Caitie’s complaining that her belly hurts, and she thinks
she’s going to have a baby. Grandma thinks the odds
are
pretty much against that, and Caitie says “Well, a baby
french
fry, maybe!” She points out horseshoe prints on the
path
and starts reminiscing about the jewels we saw in the ground
before. She seems a little iffy for most of the actual ride,
but
gamely wants to know if we can do it again.
They must have just filled Grizzly Hall for the Country Bear Jamboree,
because it’s 16 minutes until the next show, so
we’re going
over to the Jungle Cruise [boat ride through 3 continents and dozens of
corny puns from the skipper]. We get a running commentary
from
her all through the destroyed Mekong Temple, and we’re not
sure
if she just thinks all that stuff looks cool or if she’s sort
of
whistling in the dark to make it less scary. Her biggest
giggles
of the ride come as she’s ducking to keep those darned
elephants
from squirting her. Although she doesn’t complain
about the
ride (or anything else on the trip), she must have thought it was kind
of lame. When Laurie is thinking of doing Pirates next, she
asks
Caitie if she wants to go on another boat ride, and Caitie says
“Not THAT one again!”
She’s quite sure she’s ridden the Pirates of the
Caribbean
[slow boat ride past pirate scenes] before, but is getting pretty
frustrated during the ride that she can’t remember any of the
scenes. Until we get to the very last room and see that guy
all
tied up, and “I remember THAT!!” Well
everybody
remembers THAT, because you always sit right there in front of it for
twelve minutes waiting for your boat to get to the unloading zone.
Walking back through the Pirates plaza, she says “Grandma, I
think I’ve got the bubbles.”
We’re on our way
to find a spot for the parade, but Caitlyn says “Wait, we
didn’t ride that thing Papa wanted, that Country
Bears.” On the way by, she wants to go |